<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>TechAdvisory.org</title>
	<atom:link href="http://www.techadvisory.org/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://www.techadvisory.org</link>
	<description>Technology Advice for Small Businesses</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Wed, 16 May 2012 15:30:19 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
	
		<item>
		<title>Beware! Your network may not be secure</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/beware-your-network-may-not-be-secure/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/beware-your-network-may-not-be-secure/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 16 May 2012 15:30:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security – News and General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May14_Security_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internal security threats]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Logic Bomb]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10965</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Everywhere you look business owners are inundated by issues pulling their attention in a multitude of directions. One issue almost every owner has managed to get under control is network security. These businesses are secure from external threats and because of this, believe their systems to be 100% safe, however, they may have missed the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10972" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Security_May14_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Security_May14_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Everywhere you look business owners are inundated by issues pulling their attention in a multitude of directions. One issue almost every owner has managed to get under control is network security. These businesses are secure from external threats and because of this, believe their systems to be 100% safe, however, they may have missed the possibility of internal threats.</p>
<p>In recent years the majority of security threats and compromises have come from within the company. A common threat to companies is the logic bomb &#8211; malware that targets IT systems and deletes data. As a logic bomb is introduced from within the network, the blame often lies with a disgruntled employee with full access to internal systems.</p>
<p><strong>Insider threats </strong><br />
Giving employees full access to the network when they don’t need it is a common mistake often made by companies. There’s little need for an employee who does graphic design to have access to weekly sales records. This practice could set your company up for a considerable security problem in the future.</p>
<p>Dawn Cappelli, an insider-threat expert at the Carnegie Mellon Software Engineering Institute stressed, &#8220;These types of insider attacks happen to businesses of all sizes, from small companies to very large corporations.&#8221; This is an important issue businesses should be aware of if they want to remain secure.</p>
<p><strong>Take Precautions</strong><br />
Security threats can be a particularly harsh nightmare for small businesses, as many don’t have an IT department or staff with the technical expertise needed to maintain a secure network. If you’re one of these organizations, it’s a good idea to hire an outside consultant to help you with your network security. With consultants, it’s important that you maintain close contact with them to ensure any issues that crop up are dealt with expeditiously.</p>
<p>If you don’t work with an external company there are a few things you should do when you have an employee leave the company. First, their accounts should be deleted immediately and their access privileges should also be revoked. Second, if you have accounts with shared passwords, you should change them to ensure an ex-employee can’t gain access to the system.</p>
<p>If you’d like to learn more about internal security, and measures you can take to ensure you are safe, we are ready to help you. Please contact us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/beware-your-network-may-not-be-secure/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Security threats come from inside</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/security-threats-come-from-inside/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/security-threats-come-from-inside/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 16 May 2012 15:30:13 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security – News and General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May14_Security_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internal security threats]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Logic Bomb]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10964</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[It’s common to see companies showing confidence in their security systems. Their networks are protected from external threats, which can often lead to a false sense of being secure. With this attitude, they may stop thinking about security and fail to establish internal measures within their networks, and this is a grave mistake. In recent [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10971" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Security_May14_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Security_May14_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />It’s common to see companies showing confidence in their security systems. Their networks are protected from external threats, which can often lead to a false sense of being secure. With this attitude, they may stop thinking about security and fail to establish internal measures within their networks, and this is a grave mistake.</p>
<p>In recent years the majority of security threats and compromises have come from within the company. A common threat to companies is the logic bomb &#8211; malware that targets IT systems and deletes data. As a logic bomb is introduced from within the network, the blame often lies with a disgruntled employee with full access to internal systems.</p>
<p><strong>Insider threats </strong><br />
Giving employees full access to the network when they don’t need it is a common mistake often made by companies. There’s little need for an employee who does graphic design to have access to weekly sales records. This practice could set your company up for a considerable security problem in the future.</p>
<p>Dawn Cappelli, an insider-threat expert at the Carnegie Mellon Software Engineering Institute stressed, &#8220;These types of insider attacks happen to businesses of all sizes, from small companies to very large corporations.&#8221; This is an important issue businesses should be aware of if they want to remain secure.</p>
<p><strong>Take Precautions</strong><br />
Security threats can be a particularly harsh nightmare for small businesses, as many don’t have an IT department or staff with the technical expertise needed to maintain a secure network. If you’re one of these organizations, it’s a good idea to hire an outside consultant to help you with your network security. With consultants, it’s important that you maintain close contact with them to ensure any issues that crop up are dealt with expeditiously.</p>
<p>If you don’t work with an external company there are a few things you should do when you have an employee leave the company. First, their accounts should be deleted immediately and their access privileges should also be revoked. Second, if you have accounts with shared passwords, you should change them to ensure an ex-employee can’t gain access to the system.</p>
<p>If you’d like to learn more about internal security, and measures you can take to ensure you are safe, we are ready to help you. Please contact us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/security-threats-come-from-inside/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Internal threats can harm your network</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/internal-threats-can-harm-your-network/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/internal-threats-can-harm-your-network/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 16 May 2012 15:30:11 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security – News and General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May14_Security_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internal security threats]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Logic Bomb]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10963</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Security of data and networks, an issue that companies are taking seriously. They’re going to great lengths to protect themselves from external threats and are, for the most part, safe from them. And yet, there are still stories about how businesses are being infected by malware. If they’re safe to the external environment, where’s the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10969" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Security_May14_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Security_May14_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Security of data and networks, an issue that companies are taking seriously. They’re going to great lengths to protect themselves from external threats and are, for the most part, safe from them. And yet, there are still stories about how businesses are being infected by malware. If they’re safe to the external environment, where’s the threat coming from?</p>
<p>In recent years the majority of security threats and compromises have come from within the company. A common threat to companies is the logic bomb &#8211; malware that targets IT systems and deletes data. As a logic bomb is introduced from within the network, the blame often lies with a disgruntled employee with full access to internal systems.</p>
<p><strong>Insider threats </strong><br />
Giving employees full access to the network when they don’t need it is a common mistake often made by companies. There’s little need for an employee who does graphic design to have access to weekly sales records. This practice could set your company up for a considerable security problem in the future.</p>
<p>Dawn Cappelli, an insider-threat expert at the Carnegie Mellon Software Engineering Institute stressed, &#8220;These types of insider attacks happen to businesses of all sizes, from small companies to very large corporations.&#8221; This is an important issue businesses should be aware of if they want to remain secure.</p>
<p><strong>Take Precautions</strong><br />
Security threats can be a particularly harsh nightmare for small businesses, as many don’t have an IT department or staff with the technical expertise needed to maintain a secure network. If you’re one of these organizations, it’s a good idea to hire an outside consultant to help you with your network security. With consultants, it’s important that you maintain close contact with them to ensure any issues that crop up are dealt with expeditiously.</p>
<p>If you don’t work with an external company there are a few things you should do when you have an employee leave the company. First, their accounts should be deleted immediately and their access privileges should also be revoked. Second, if you have accounts with shared passwords, you should change them to ensure an ex-employee can’t gain access to the system.</p>
<p>If you’d like to learn more about internal security, and measures you can take to ensure you are safe, we are ready to help you. Please contact us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/internal-threats-can-harm-your-network/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Critical BCP elements not in your plan</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/critical-bcp-elements-not-in-your-plan/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/critical-bcp-elements-not-in-your-plan/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 16 May 2012 15:00:50 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Business Continuity – News & General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May14_BusinessContinuity_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[BCP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crucial elements of BCP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Key non-IT functions of BCP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10945</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Business Continuity Plans (BCP), plans on how to provide a stable service, or recover after adverse actions, have become top of mind with many managers. Businesses have adopted such plans, or are in the process of implementing one, but owners may have missed some crucial elements that could result in an ineffective plan. Here are [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10951" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="BCP_May14_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/BCP_May14_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Business Continuity Plans (BCP), plans on how to provide a stable service, or recover after adverse actions, have become top of mind with many managers. Businesses have adopted such plans, or are in the process of implementing one, but owners may have missed some crucial elements that could result in an ineffective plan.</p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.42927713063545525">Here are six key non-IT functions and processes that need to be in place to ensure your company is ready to effectively execute your BCP. </span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.42927713063545525"><strong>Easy to use plans</strong><br />
Many continuity plans have been developed mainly for the IT department, as such, they can be a little complicated to understand and follow if employees don’t have a technical background. You should aim to have a plan that’s easy to follow and can be understood by all employees.</span></p>
<p><strong>Communicate plans </strong><br />
Remember that your plan encompasses all facets of your organization. It’s crucial that every employee knows their role and the relevant actions to take when the plan is executed. To do this, you need to ensure that all employees have access to a copy of the plan and any changes or updates are clearly communicated.</p>
<p><strong>Test plans </strong><br />
Beyond communication, it’s important to conduct regular tests, with every quarter being sufficient. The tests should be as real as possible and span all departments within the organization. This will ensure that employees are aware of how they, and the systems, will react under duress. It’ll be beneficial to your business if the first time the employees execute the plan isn’t during an emergency.</p>
<p><strong>Short term and long term plans</strong><br />
Your BCP should consist of both long term and short term elements that can be easily adapted to meet changing business environments and the emergence of new threats. You should aim for an even mix of short and long term solutions that cover as wide a variety of situations as possible.</p>
<p><strong>Ensure buy-in from all levels </strong><br />
If you’re in the process of instituting a BCP you should ensure that the whole organization is onboard with the plan. If an employee is unsure about the validity of a part of the plan, take the time to find out why and ask for suggestions. An uninformed or uncooperative employee could be the difference between survival and failure in a disaster situation.</p>
<p><strong>Update and Review </strong><br />
After every test, staff turnover and technological update, you should review the plans and make changes if necessary. Essentially, if anything in the company changes, review and update the plan. Remember: just because you have an effective plan this month, doesn’t mean it’ll be so in the future.</p>
<p>Continuity plans are only as strong as the weakest link. In an emergency, the last thing you want is an employee following the wrong process or be unsure of what they should be doing. If this happens, you could see an exponential growth in recovery time and costs. We’re ready to tell you more, so please contact us if you would like to talk continuity planning.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/critical-bcp-elements-not-in-your-plan/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Why your BCP may not be up to snuff</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/why-your-bcp-may-not-be-up-to-snuff/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/why-your-bcp-may-not-be-up-to-snuff/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 16 May 2012 15:00:44 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Business Continuity – News & General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May14_BusinessContinuity_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[BCP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crucial elements of BCP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Key non-IT functions of BCP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10947</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Respect him or not, Mao Tse-tung had it right when he said, “The only real defense is an active defense.” Businesses have taken this literally and have adopted Business Continuity Plans (BCP) to ensure that when a disaster strikes they are ready with an active plan. Many of them are prepared technology wise, but the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10955" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="BCP_May14_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/BCP_May14_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Respect him or not, Mao Tse-tung had it right when he said, “The only real defense is an active defense.” Businesses have taken this literally and have adopted Business Continuity Plans (BCP) to ensure that when a disaster strikes they are ready with an active plan. Many of them are prepared technology wise, but the other assets may not be so ready.</p>
<p>Here are six key non-IT functions and processes that need to be in place to ensure your company is ready to effectively execute your BCP.</p>
<p><strong>Easy to use plans</strong><br />
Many continuity plans have been developed mainly for the IT department, as such, they can be a little complicated to understand and follow if employees don’t have a technical background. You should aim to have a plan that’s easy to follow and can be understood by all employees.</p>
<p><strong>Communicate plans </strong><br />
Remember that your plan encompasses all facets of your organization. It’s crucial that every employee knows their role and the relevant actions to take when the plan is executed. To do this, you need to ensure that all employees have access to a copy of the plan and any changes or updates are clearly communicated.</p>
<p><strong>Test plans </strong><br />
Beyond communication, it’s important to conduct regular tests, with every quarter being sufficient. The tests should be as real as possible and span all departments within the organization. This will ensure that employees are aware of how they, and the systems, will react under duress. It’ll be beneficial to your business if the first time the employees execute the plan isn’t during an emergency.</p>
<p><strong>Short term and long term plans</strong><br />
Your BCP should consist of both long term and short term elements that can be easily adapted to meet changing business environments and the emergence of new threats. You should aim for an even mix of short and long term solutions that cover as wide a variety of situations as possible.</p>
<p><strong>Ensure buy-in from all levels </strong><br />
If you’re in the process of instituting a BCP you should ensure that the whole organization is onboard with the plan. If an employee is unsure about the validity of a part of the plan, take the time to find out why and ask for suggestions. An uninformed or uncooperative employee could be the difference between survival and failure in a disaster situation.</p>
<p><strong>Update and Review </strong><br />
After every test, staff turnover and technological update, you should review the plans and make changes if necessary. Essentially, if anything in the company changes, review and update the plan. Remember: just because you have an effective plan this month, doesn’t mean it’ll be so in the future.</p>
<p>Continuity plans are only as strong as the weakest link. In an emergency, the last thing you want is an employee following the wrong process or be unsure of what they should be doing. If this happens, you could see an exponential growth in recovery time and costs. We’re ready to tell you more, so please contact us if you would like to talk continuity planning.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/why-your-bcp-may-not-be-up-to-snuff/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Is your BCP ready for action?</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/is-your-bcp-ready-for-action/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/is-your-bcp-ready-for-action/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 16 May 2012 15:00:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Business Continuity – News & General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May14_BusinessContinuity_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[BCP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crucial elements of BCP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Key non-IT functions of BCP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10946</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If the past 10 years has taught us anything, it’s that many managers are woefully underprepared for disasters of any kind. We’re resilient though, and will always find a way to survive. One of the keys to a business’s survival during times of hardship is the Business Continuity Plan (BCP). A vast majority of organizations [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10953" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="BCP_May14_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/BCP_May14_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />If the past 10 years has taught us anything, it’s that many managers are woefully underprepared for disasters of any kind. We’re resilient though, and will always find a way to survive. One of the keys to a business’s survival during times of hardship is the Business Continuity Plan (BCP). A vast majority of organizations have one and believe it to be effective, but is it?</p>
<p>Here are six key non-IT functions and processes that need to be in place to ensure your company is ready to effectively execute your BCP.</p>
<p><strong>Easy to use plans</strong><br />
Many continuity plans have been developed mainly for the IT department, as such, they can be a little complicated to understand and follow if employees don’t have a technical background. You should aim to have a plan that’s easy to follow and can be understood by all employees.</p>
<p><strong>Communicate plans </strong><br />
Remember that your plan encompasses all facets of your organization. It’s crucial that every employee knows their role and the relevant actions to take when the plan is executed. To do this, you need to ensure that all employees have access to a copy of the plan and any changes or updates are clearly communicated.</p>
<p><strong>Test plans </strong><br />
Beyond communication, it’s important to conduct regular tests, with every quarter being sufficient. The tests should be as real as possible and span all departments within the organization. This will ensure that employees are aware of how they, and the systems, will react under duress. It’ll be beneficial to your business if the first time the employees execute the plan isn’t during an emergency.</p>
<p><strong>Short term and long term plans</strong><br />
Your BCP should consist of both long term and short term elements that can be easily adapted to meet changing business environments and the emergence of new threats. You should aim for an even mix of short and long term solutions that cover as wide a variety of situations as possible.</p>
<p><strong>Ensure buy-in from all levels </strong><br />
If you’re in the process of instituting a BCP you should ensure that the whole organization is onboard with the plan. If an employee is unsure about the validity of a part of the plan, take the time to find out why and ask for suggestions. An uninformed or uncooperative employee could be the difference between survival and failure in a disaster situation.</p>
<p><strong>Update and Review </strong><br />
After every test, staff turnover and technological update, you should review the plans and make changes if necessary. Essentially, if anything in the company changes, review and update the plan. Remember: just because you have an effective plan this month, doesn’t mean it’ll be so in the future.</p>
<p>Continuity plans are only as strong as the weakest link. In an emergency, the last thing you want is an employee following the wrong process or be unsure of what they should be doing. If this happens, you could see an exponential growth in recovery time and costs. We’re ready to tell you more, so please contact us if you would like to talk continuity planning.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/is-your-bcp-ready-for-action/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Mountain Lion’s handy business features</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/mountain-lion%e2%80%99s-handy-business-features/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/mountain-lion%e2%80%99s-handy-business-features/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 15 May 2012 15:15:41 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Apple Mac OS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May14_AppleOSX_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AirPlay]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Apple OS X]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Features of Mountain Lion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iCloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mac OS X]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mountain Lion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[OS X]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10927</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In late Q2 or Q3 of this year, Apple is scheduled to release a new version of OS X, Mountain Lion. While it’s still a few months from reaching retail and online stores, there’s a developer’s preview available. The preview has introduced a number of potentially great features that will be in the retail version [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10933" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="AppleOSX_May14_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/AppleOSX_May14_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />In late Q2 or Q3 of this year, Apple is scheduled to release a new version of OS X, Mountain Lion. While it’s still a few months from reaching retail and online stores, there’s a developer’s preview available. The preview has introduced a number of potentially great features that will be in the retail version and are beneficial for businesses using OS X.</p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7084657065570354">Here are four features of Mountain Lion that small business employees will find useful:</span></p>
<p><strong>Enhanced communication and social media </strong><br />
If you use OS X to access and monitor your social media accounts you’ll be interested to know that you’ll have the ability to post directly to Twitter from various apps. If you use iChat, it will be renamed: Messages. With it, you’ll be able to send messages, pictures and videos to other iChat/Messages users, regardless of the device. This could be a beneficial external and internal collaboration tool due to the growing amount of Apple users.</p>
<p><strong>AirPlay mirroring </strong><br />
If you or someone in your company gives a lot of presentations, Macs running Mountain Lion will have the ability to wirelessly broadcast whatever is being shown on the screen. To share your screen with an HDTV or Projector, you’ll need to have an Apple TV box. It works by streaming content to the TV box which is connected via an HDMI cord to the TV or projector.</p>
<p><strong>Gatekeeper </strong><br />
Security is top-of-mind for companies these days, and Gatekeeper is an extra level that businesses can implement. Its purpose is to restrict the apps that can be downloaded and installed on your computer. While many businesses should have measures like this in place, this app can act as another layer to ensure an even more secure organization.</p>
<p><strong>iCloud </strong><br />
Possibly the biggest trend in small business computing is the integration of cloud storage. Apple’s cloud storage service, iCloud, will play a prominent role in Mountain Lion, especially for businesses. With this feature, employees will be able to access data stored in the cloud using Apple’s different devices. Any changes made to documents stored in the cloud will be automatically updated in realtime, without the user having to save and update.</p>
<p>Mountain Lion is shaping up to be one of the best versions of OS X to date. There are numerous features that users will find appealing, and many businesses are eager for the retail release. A word of warning though, while a version of Mountain Lion is available to download, it’s an unfinished product and as such, we recommend that you hold off from installing it onto your business’s computers. If you’d like to prepare your systems for the OS, please contact us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/mountain-lion%e2%80%99s-handy-business-features/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Your business roars with Mountain Lion</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/your-business-roars-with-mountain-lion/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/your-business-roars-with-mountain-lion/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 15 May 2012 15:15:39 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Apple Mac OS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May14_AppleOSX_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AirPlay]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Apple OS X]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Features of Mountain Lion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iCloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mac OS X]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mountain Lion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[OS X]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10928</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The mountain lion is often seen as a formidable cat, it’s highly adaptive and found in almost every major ecosystem in North and South America. These traits are what Apple is going for with its next version of OS X, Mountain Lion. With a scheduled release a few months from now, there are a number [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10934" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="AppleOSX_May14_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/AppleOSX_May14_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />The mountain lion is often seen as a formidable cat, it’s highly adaptive and found in almost every major ecosystem in North and South America. These traits are what Apple is going for with its next version of OS X, Mountain Lion. With a scheduled release a few months from now, there are a number of features that will give small businesses the opportunity to roar.</p>
<p>Here are four features of Mountain Lion that small business employees will find useful:</p>
<p><strong>Enhanced communication and social media </strong><br />
If you use OS X to access and monitor your social media accounts you’ll be interested to know that you’ll have the ability to post directly to Twitter from various apps. If you use iChat, it will be renamed: Messages. With it, you’ll be able to send messages, pictures and videos to other iChat/Messages users, regardless of the device. This could be a beneficial external and internal collaboration tool due to the growing amount of Apple users.</p>
<p><strong>AirPlay mirroring </strong><br />
If you or someone in your company gives a lot of presentations, Macs running Mountain Lion will have the ability to wirelessly broadcast whatever is being shown on the screen. To share your screen with an HDTV or Projector, you’ll need to have an Apple TV box. It works by streaming content to the TV box which is connected via an HDMI cord to the TV or projector.</p>
<p><strong>Gatekeeper </strong><br />
Security is top-of-mind for companies these days, and Gatekeeper is an extra level that businesses can implement. Its purpose is to restrict the apps that can be downloaded and installed on your computer. While many businesses should have measures like this in place, this app can act as another layer to ensure an even more secure organization.</p>
<p><strong>iCloud </strong><br />
Possibly the biggest trend in small business computing is the integration of cloud storage. Apple’s cloud storage service, iCloud, will play a prominent role in Mountain Lion, especially for businesses. With this feature, employees will be able to access data stored in the cloud using Apple’s different devices. Any changes made to documents stored in the cloud will be automatically updated in realtime, without the user having to save and update.</p>
<p>Mountain Lion is shaping up to be one of the best versions of OS X to date. There are numerous features that users will find appealing, and many businesses are eager for the retail release. A word of warning though, while a version of Mountain Lion is available to download, it’s an unfinished product and as such, we recommend that you hold off from installing it onto your business’s computers. If you’d like to prepare your systems for the OS, please contact us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/your-business-roars-with-mountain-lion/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Keep your smartphone secure</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/keep-your-smartphone-secure/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/keep-your-smartphone-secure/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 15 May 2012 15:00:57 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Phone – General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May14_Mobile General_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Keep smartphone secure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lock device screen]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Wipe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[windows phone]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10909</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The smartphone has become one of our most beloved devices. Like a favorite pet, we take it everywhere with us, show it off every chance we get and even use it as a way to conform or stand out. No matter which brand you have, you probably have important information stored on your phone, and [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.8541859253309667"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10915" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="MobileGeneral_May14_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/MobileGeneral_May14_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />The smartphone has become one of our most beloved devices. Like a favorite pet, we take it everywhere with us, show it off every chance we get and even use it as a way to conform or stand out. No matter which brand you have, you probably have important information stored on your phone, and should be taking steps to ensure that it’s secure from prying eyes. </span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.8541859253309667">Whether you have an Android, iPhone or Windows Phone 7, here are two tips to keep your smartphone secure:</span></p>
<p><strong>Lock your screen </strong><br />
If you have data or information on your phone you would like to keep secure, the first thing you should do is lock your screen. Most smartphone users lock their phone with a 4 digit number combination, but it’s recommended you use a password for higher security.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>On Android. </strong>To establish a password on your device go to <em>Settings</em> and select <em>Security</em>. Press <em>Screen lock</em>. On Ice Cream Sandwich, you have six options for security, with the least secure at the top and most secure at the bottom. Many users select <em>Pattern</em> or <em>Password</em>. Enter the password twice and press <em>Confirm</em>.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">On iPhone. </span>Select the <em>Settings </em>app followed by <em>General</em>. From there select <em>Passcode Lock</em> and turn it on. You’ll be asked to set your passcode and confirm it.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">On Windows Phone. </span>To set a passcode go to the <em>home screen</em> of your device. Open <em>Settings</em> from your <em>Application list</em> and select <em>Lock &amp; Wallpaper</em>. Press Password, enter your password and then press Done.</li>
</ul>
<p>It’s recommended that you set a password that’s unique. Don’t use your birthday, address or phone number. At the same time, you have to make it easy to remember. If you’re having trouble coming up with a password, this <a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&amp;v=COU5T-Wafa4#!">video</a> by Mozilla is a big help.</p>
<p><strong>Enable remote wipe </strong><br />
While passwords and other security codes will go a long way in preventing others from accessing your phone, it often isn’t enough. The next step in device security is to set up the ability to remotely wipe your device.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>On Android. </strong>At this time there is no native remote wipe option on your phone. You’ll have to download an app from the Play store. The apps work by using a push service &#8211; you “push” the commands to your phone from another source i.e., a website. When you install the app, you’ll have to register your phone and access it from a website.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">On iPhone. </span>The iPhone has remote wipe capabilities which can be accessed through iCloud. On your device select Settings, iCloud and turn on Find my iPhone. If you lose your phone log into <a href="https://www.icloud.com/">iCloud</a> and select Find my iPhone. From there you’ll be able to remotely wipe your device.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">On Windows Phone. </span>If you lose your phone you can remotely wipe it by going to the Windows Phone <a href="http://www.windowsphone.com/">website</a>, logging in and selecting <em>My Phone</em>. From there you’ll be able to wipe your phone.</li>
</ul>
<p>Even if you don’t have confidential information on your phone, it’s a good idea to, at the very least, set a solid passcode on your phone. Adding the ability to remotely wipe your phone will ensure the information won’t be viewed by other people. If you’d like other ways to keep your mobile phone secure, please contact us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/keep-your-smartphone-secure/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Hey, your phone may not be secure</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/hey-your-phone-may-not-be-secure/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/hey-your-phone-may-not-be-secure/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 15 May 2012 15:00:55 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Phone – General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May14_Mobile General_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Keep smartphone secure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lock device screen]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Wipe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[windows phone]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10910</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Smartphones are one of the tools that have been instrumental in blurring the lines between our personal and professional lives. While we’re at home, we access our work email and while we’re at work, we’re checking our personal email, all on the same device. As such, we tend to have a large amount of confidential [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.8541859253309667"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10917" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="MobileGeneral_May14_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/MobileGeneral_May14_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Smartphones are one of the tools that have been instrumental in blurring the lines between our personal and professional lives. While we’re at home, we access our work email and while we’re at work, we’re checking our personal email, all on the same device. As such, we tend to have a large amount of confidential information on our phones and should be taking steps to secure them.</span></p>
<p>Whether you have an Android, iPhone or Windows Phone 7, here are two tips to keep your smartphone secure:</p>
<p><strong>Lock your screen </strong><br />
If you have data or information on your phone you would like to keep secure, the first thing you should do is lock your screen. Most smartphone users lock their phone with a 4 digit number combination, but it’s recommended you use a password for higher security.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>On Android. </strong>To establish a password on your device go to <em>Settings</em> and select <em>Security</em>. Press <em>Screen lock</em>. On Ice Cream Sandwich, you have six options for security, with the least secure at the top and most secure at the bottom. Many users select <em>Pattern</em> or <em>Password</em>. Enter the password twice and press <em>Confirm</em>.</li>
<li><strong>On iPhone.</strong> Select the <em>Settings </em>app followed by <em>General</em>. From there select <em>Passcode Lock</em> and turn it on. You’ll be asked to set your passcode and confirm it.</li>
<li><strong>On Windows Phone.</strong> To set a passcode go to the <em>home screen</em> of your device. Open <em>Settings</em> from your <em>Application list</em> and select <em>Lock &amp; Wallpaper</em>. Press Password, enter your password and then press Done.</li>
</ul>
<p>It’s recommended that you set a password that’s unique. Don’t use your birthday, address or phone number. At the same time, you have to make it easy to remember. If you’re having trouble coming up with a password, this <a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&amp;v=COU5T-Wafa4#!">video</a> by Mozilla is a big help.</p>
<p><strong>Enable remote wipe </strong><br />
While passwords and other security codes will go a long way in preventing others from accessing your phone, it often isn’t enough. The next step in device security is to set up the ability to remotely wipe your device.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>On Android. </strong>At this time there is no native remote wipe option on your phone. You’ll have to download an app from the Play store. The apps work by using a push service &#8211; you “push” the commands to your phone from another source i.e., a website. When you install the app, you’ll have to register your phone and access it from a website.</li>
<li><strong>On iPhone.</strong> The iPhone has remote wipe capabilities which can be accessed through iCloud. On your device select Settings, iCloud and turn on Find my iPhone. If you lose your phone log into <a href="https://www.icloud.com/">iCloud</a> and select Find my iPhone. From there you’ll be able to remotely wipe your device.</li>
<li><strong>On Windows Phone.</strong> If you lose your phone you can remotely wipe it by going to the Windows Phone <a href="http://www.windowsphone.com/">website</a>, logging in and selecting <em>My Phone</em>. From there you’ll be able to wipe your phone.</li>
</ul>
<p>Even if you don’t have confidential information on your phone, it’s a good idea to, at the very least, set a solid passcode on your phone. Adding the ability to remotely wipe your phone will ensure the information won’t be viewed by other people. If you’d like other ways to keep your mobile phone secure, please contact us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/hey-your-phone-may-not-be-secure/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Ensure security of your phone</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/ensure-security-of-your-phone/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/ensure-security-of-your-phone/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 15 May 2012 15:00:54 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Phone – General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May14_Mobile General_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Keep smartphone secure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lock device screen]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Wipe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[windows phone]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10911</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[At the office we’ve become paranoid about keeping our computers secure. Many companies use security devices and passwords to ensure their data is safe. The same can’t be said for smartphones. Many of us take no, or, at the very most basic, steps to ensure that our phones are safe. With the majority of employees [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.8541859253309667"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10919" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="MobileGeneral_May14_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/MobileGeneral_May14_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />At the office we’ve become paranoid about keeping our computers secure. Many companies use security devices and passwords to ensure their data is safe. The same can’t be said for smartphones. Many of us take no, or, at the very most basic, steps to ensure that our phones are safe. With the majority of employees using their device for both work and personal use, the need to keep our devices secure is paramount. </span></p>
<p>Whether you have an Android, iPhone or Windows Phone 7, here are two tips to keep your smartphone secure:</p>
<p><strong>Lock your screen </strong><br />
If you have data or information on your phone you would like to keep secure, the first thing you should do is lock your screen. Most smartphone users lock their phone with a 4 digit number combination, but it’s recommended you use a password for higher security.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>On Android. </strong>To establish a password on your device go to <em>Settings</em> and select <em>Security</em>. Press <em>Screen lock</em>. On Ice Cream Sandwich, you have six options for security, with the least secure at the top and most secure at the bottom. Many users select <em>Pattern</em> or <em>Password</em>. Enter the password twice and press <em>Confirm</em>.</li>
<li><strong>On iPhone.</strong> Select the <em>Settings </em>app followed by <em>General</em>. From there select <em>Passcode Lock</em> and turn it on. You’ll be asked to set your passcode and confirm it.</li>
<li><strong>On Windows Phone.</strong> To set a passcode go to the <em>home screen</em> of your device. Open <em>Settings</em> from your <em>Application list</em> and select <em>Lock &amp; Wallpaper</em>. Press Password, enter your password and then press Done.</li>
</ul>
<p>It’s recommended that you set a password that’s unique. Don’t use your birthday, address or phone number. At the same time, you have to make it easy to remember. If you’re having trouble coming up with a password, this <a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&amp;v=COU5T-Wafa4#!">video</a> by Mozilla is a big help.</p>
<p><strong>Enable remote wipe </strong><br />
While passwords and other security codes will go a long way in preventing others from accessing your phone, it often isn’t enough. The next step in device security is to set up the ability to remotely wipe your device.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>On Android. </strong>At this time there is no native remote wipe option on your phone. You’ll have to download an app from the Play store. The apps work by using a push service &#8211; you “push” the commands to your phone from another source i.e., a website. When you install the app, you’ll have to register your phone and access it from a website.</li>
<li><strong>On iPhone.</strong> The iPhone has remote wipe capabilities which can be accessed through iCloud. On your device select Settings, iCloud and turn on Find my iPhone. If you lose your phone log into <a href="https://www.icloud.com/">iCloud</a> and select Find my iPhone. From there you’ll be able to remotely wipe your device.</li>
<li><strong>On Windows Phone.</strong> If you lose your phone you can remotely wipe it by going to the Windows Phone <a href="http://www.windowsphone.com/">website</a>, logging in and selecting <em>My Phone</em>. From there you’ll be able to wipe your phone.</li>
</ul>
<p>Even if you don’t have confidential information on your phone, it’s a good idea to, at the very least, set a solid passcode on your phone. Adding the ability to remotely wipe your phone will ensure the information won’t be viewed by other people. If you’d like other ways to keep your mobile phone secure, please contact us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/ensure-security-of-your-phone/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Use game mechanics in your business</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/use-game-mechanics-in-your-business/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/use-game-mechanics-in-your-business/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 14 May 2012 15:30:51 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Cloud - Web Trends]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May_14_WebTrends_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Gamification]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Leverage gamification]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Web Trends]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[what is gamification]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10892</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In 2009, the video game industry recorded revenues of USD 60.4 billion dollars, double that of the movie industry. One of the biggest draws to games is not the story or gameplay, it’s the competition and sense of achievement one gets when they beat their friend’s score, or a hard level. Many businesses have started [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7715963053051382"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10901" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="WebTrends_May14_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/WebTrends_May14_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />In 2009, the video game industry recorded revenues of USD 60.4 billion dollars, double that of the movie industry. One of the biggest draws to games is not the story or gameplay, it’s the competition and sense of achievement one gets when they beat their friend’s score, or a hard level. Many businesses have started applying game mechanics to non-game situations. </span></p>
<p>The term to describe this trend is gamification, but what is it, and how can businesses use it?</p>
<p><strong>What is gamification </strong><br />
Gamification is the application of game design techniques and mechanics to non-game applications. Foursquare and its badges is a good example of this &#8211; users check in at locations to earn points, unlock badges and compete with their friends. Do they win anything? Nothing physical, but there’s something satisfying with competing with other people to be the best.</p>
<p>While gamification got its start with technological related operations, it has since been integrated by businesses of all sizes. Business that have adopted elements of gamification have seen improved user engagement and ROI.</p>
<p><strong>How can businesses leverage gamification? </strong><br />
Gamification is interesting because it can be applied in a variety of different business situations. For example, here are three such uses:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>To increase employee engagement. </strong>It can be hard at times to keep your employees engaged while they’re doing mundane tasks. One of the most common uses of gamification is deploying badges to act as a motivator to encourage employees to put effort into their job. When an employee reaches a predetermined level they are recognized for their achievement. This will go a long way in improving engagement.</li>
<li><strong>To create brand advocates.</strong> You can use gamification to turn your customers and fans into brand advocates. Before they start singing your praises, they need to be given a reason to do so. The best way to do this is to create a points/reward system. For actions such as purchases or reviews, customers gain points that can be spent on other services. Think of it as akin to the points system used by credit card companies.</li>
<li><strong>To generate traffic.</strong> Many SMBs are dependent on their websites for revenue but struggle to get traffic to their site. Gamification techniques can be employed to encourage people to spend more time on, and return to, your website, almost like a modern loyalty program.</li>
</ul>
<p>There are many uses for gamification and we’ll continue to see new and innovative ways to deploy it in organizations. If you’re interested in ways you can implement aspects of gamification in your business, or would like to learn more, we are here happy to sit down with you for a chat. Please contact us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/use-game-mechanics-in-your-business/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Games aren’t just for gamers anymore</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/games-aren%e2%80%99t-just-for-gamers-anymore/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/games-aren%e2%80%99t-just-for-gamers-anymore/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 14 May 2012 15:30:23 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Cloud - Web Trends]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May_14_WebTrends_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Gamification]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Leverage gamification]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Web Trends]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[what is gamification]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10893</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[With a large number of technological devices and access to an incredible amount of data, our collective attention span is shorter than ever. This has posed a serious issue for SMBs. A rising number of companies and app developers are taking popular concepts and elements used in video games and applying them to business situations [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7715963053051382"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10903" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="WebTrends_May14_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/WebTrends_May14_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />With a large number of technological devices and access to an incredible amount of data, our collective attention span is shorter than ever. This has posed a serious issue for SMBs. A rising number of companies and app developers are taking popular concepts and elements used in video games and applying them to business situations with the goal of holding our attention.</span></p>
<p>The term to describe this trend is gamification, but what is it, and how can businesses use it?</p>
<p><strong>What is gamification </strong><br />
Gamification is the application of game design techniques and mechanics to non-game applications. Foursquare and its badges is a good example of this &#8211; users check in at locations to earn points, unlock badges and compete with their friends. Do they win anything? Nothing physical, but there’s something satisfying with competing with other people to be the best.</p>
<p>While gamification got its start with technological related operations, it has since been integrated by businesses of all sizes. Business that have adopted elements of gamification have seen improved user engagement and ROI.</p>
<p><strong>How can businesses leverage gamification? </strong><br />
Gamification is interesting because it can be applied in a variety of different business situations. For example, here are three such uses:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>To increase employee engagement. </strong>It can be hard at times to keep your employees engaged while they’re doing mundane tasks. One of the most common uses of gamification is deploying badges to act as a motivator to encourage employees to put effort into their job. When an employee reaches a predetermined level they are recognized for their achievement. This will go a long way in improving engagement.</li>
<li><strong>To create brand advocates.</strong> You can use gamification to turn your customers and fans into brand advocates. Before they start singing your praises, they need to be given a reason to do so. The best way to do this is to create a points/reward system. For actions such as purchases or reviews, customers gain points that can be spent on other services. Think of it as akin to the points system used by credit card companies.</li>
<li><strong>To generate traffic.</strong> Many SMBs are dependent on their websites for revenue but struggle to get traffic to their site. Gamification techniques can be employed to encourage people to spend more time on, and return to, your website, almost like a modern loyalty program.</li>
</ul>
<p>There are many uses for gamification and we’ll continue to see new and innovative ways to deploy it in organizations. If you’re interested in ways you can implement aspects of gamification in your business, or would like to learn more, we are here happy to sit down with you for a chat. Please contact us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/games-aren%e2%80%99t-just-for-gamers-anymore/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>What is gamification? How do I use it?</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/what-is-gamification-how-do-i-use-it/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/what-is-gamification-how-do-i-use-it/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 14 May 2012 15:30:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Cloud - Web Trends]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May_14_WebTrends_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Gamification]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Leverage gamification]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Web Trends]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[what is gamification]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10891</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you’ve ever observed people playing any sort of game, you probably noticed how involved the players with the game are. Why do players get so into the game? Competition and the desire to achieve established goals. There’s a Web trend emerging of companies using these game elements to drive engagement and customer buy-in. The [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7715963053051382"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10899" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="WebTrends_May14_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/WebTrends_May14_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />If you’ve ever observed people playing any sort of game, you probably noticed how involved the players with the game are. Why do players get so into the game? Competition and the desire to achieve established goals. There’s a Web trend emerging of companies using these game elements to drive engagement and customer buy-in. </span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7715963053051382">The term to describe this trend is gamification, but what is it, and how can businesses use it?</span></p>
<p><strong>What is gamification </strong><br />
Gamification is the application of game design techniques and mechanics to non-game applications. Foursquare and its badges is a good example of this &#8211; users check in at locations to earn points, unlock badges and compete with their friends. Do they win anything? Nothing physical, but there’s something satisfying with competing with other people to be the best.</p>
<p>While gamification got its start with technological related operations, it has since been integrated by businesses of all sizes. Business that have adopted elements of gamification have seen improved user engagement and ROI.</p>
<p><strong>How can businesses leverage gamification? </strong><br />
Gamification is interesting because it can be applied in a variety of different business situations. For example, here are three such uses:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>To increase employee engagement. </strong>It can be hard at times to keep your employees engaged while they’re doing mundane tasks. One of the most common uses of gamification is deploying badges to act as a motivator to encourage employees to put effort into their job. When an employee reaches a predetermined level they are recognized for their achievement. This will go a long way in improving engagement.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">To create brand advocates. </span>You can use gamification to turn your customers and fans into brand advocates. Before they start singing your praises, they need to be given a reason to do so. The best way to do this is to create a points/reward system. For actions such as purchases or reviews, customers gain points that can be spent on other services. Think of it as akin to the points system used by credit card companies.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">To generate traffic. </span>Many SMBs are dependent on their websites for revenue but struggle to get traffic to their site. Gamification techniques can be employed to encourage people to spend more time on, and return to, your website, almost like a modern loyalty program.</li>
</ul>
<p>There are many uses for gamification and we’ll continue to see new and innovative ways to deploy it in organizations. If you’re interested in ways you can implement aspects of gamification in your business, or would like to learn more, we are here happy to sit down with you for a chat. Please contact us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/what-is-gamification-how-do-i-use-it/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>ERP Revealed: Technical and Cloud Terms</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/erp-revealed-technical-and-cloud-terms/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/erp-revealed-technical-and-cloud-terms/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 14 May 2012 15:15:48 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Dynamics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May14_MicrosoftDynamics_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cloud terms]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CRM Terms]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ERP Terms]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[microsoft dynamics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SQL]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Technical terms]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10887</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[As a follow up to our post defining the acronyms and terms commonly used in ERP and CRM software implementations, we’ll continue with some technical and cloud terms. When in doubt, ask your vendor to clarify the terms they are using. In their excitement to show you the latest advancements, vendors sometimes forget that not [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.03770198323763907"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10888" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="2012May14_MicrosoftDynamics_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/2012May14_MicrosoftDynamics_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />As a follow up to our post defining the acronyms and terms commonly used in ERP and CRM software implementations, we’ll continue with some technical and cloud terms. When in doubt, ask your vendor to clarify the terms they are using. In their excitement to show you the latest advancements, vendors sometimes forget that not everyone lives and breathes technology.</span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.03770198323763907"><strong>Technical Terms You Should Understand</strong></span></p>
<p><strong>SQL. </strong>Structured Query Language, commonly pronounced “sequel”, is a relational database system whose primary function is to store and retrieve data as requested by other software applications.</p>
<p><strong>Workflow. </strong>A sequence of connected procedural steps that are automated through the ERP or CRM system. For example, a workflow for purchase requests could automatically route POs over a defined value to a supervisor for approval before processing.</p>
<p><strong>Customization. </strong>Programming that adds functionality to an ERP or CRM system to meet unique needs of an organization. ERP systems are written to offer functionality that most companies need and don’t include industry-specific functionality. Customizations can automate processes that companies need to fulfill an industry or process specific requirement.</p>
<p><strong>Integration. </strong>The connection between two systems that allows for the flow of data from one system to another, or reciprocally between the systems. For example, a company’s storefront website is usually integrated to the ERP so that inventory availability is updated on the website, and transactions completed on the website flow back to the ERP.</p>
<p><strong>Cloud Terms Explained </strong></p>
<p><strong>Cloud Computing. </strong>In terms of ERP and CRM, cloud computing means that users access the software through the Internet or via a remote connection.</p>
<p><strong>Hosting. </strong>The ERP or CRM software application is housed and managed by a cloud services provider. Application support includes installation, upgrades and user configurations. Application licenses can be owned or rented (subscription).</p>
<p><strong>SaaS, Software as a Service. </strong>The software publisher delivers the application via the Internet to users on a subscription basis.<strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong>Hybrid. </strong>Hosting services built to suit unique business needs. For example, a company owns their servers but houses them in a secure hosting facility, and receives operating system and application support from the hosting provider.</p>
<p><strong>Private Cloud. </strong>Infrastructure supporting the cloud delivery of applications that is dedicated completely to one customer.</p>
<p><strong>Public Cloud. </strong>Infrastructure supporting the cloud delivery of applications, that is shared or “multi-tenant”, serving a variety of businesses, individuals or groups.</p>
<p>With an understanding of the basics, you’ll be able to ask your solution provider better questions. We are ready to tell you more. Let’s talk about what ERP or CRM could mean for your business.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/erp-revealed-technical-and-cloud-terms/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Ready or not, here comes another OS X</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/ready-or-not-here-comes-another-os-x/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/ready-or-not-here-comes-another-os-x/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 14 May 2012 15:15:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Apple – Mac General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May14_AppleOSX_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AirPlay]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Apple OS X]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Features of Mountain Lion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iCloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mac OS X]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mountain Lion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[OS X]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10929</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In 2011, Apple released OS X 10.7 “Lion” and businesses leapt at the chance to upgrade to a feature packed OS. Now, not much more than a year later, another version of OS X, Mountain Lion, is on the way. A collective groan could almost be heard from small businesses who use Macs when it [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10936" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="AppleOSX_May14_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/AppleOSX_May14_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />In 2011, Apple released OS X 10.7 “Lion” and businesses leapt at the chance to upgrade to a feature packed OS. Now, not much more than a year later, another version of OS X, Mountain Lion, is on the way. A collective groan could almost be heard from small businesses who use Macs when it was announced, but fear not, there have been some great features announced that will make the upgrade worth it.</p>
<p>Here are four features of Mountain Lion that small business employees will find useful:</p>
<p><strong>Enhanced communication and social media </strong><br />
If you use OS X to access and monitor your social media accounts you’ll be interested to know that you’ll have the ability to post directly to Twitter from various apps. If you use iChat, it will be renamed: Messages. With it, you’ll be able to send messages, pictures and videos to other iChat/Messages users, regardless of the device. This could be a beneficial external and internal collaboration tool due to the growing amount of Apple users.</p>
<p><strong>AirPlay mirroring </strong><br />
If you or someone in your company gives a lot of presentations, Macs running Mountain Lion will have the ability to wirelessly broadcast whatever is being shown on the screen. To share your screen with an HDTV or Projector, you’ll need to have an Apple TV box. It works by streaming content to the TV box which is connected via an HDMI cord to the TV or projector.</p>
<p><strong>Gatekeeper </strong><br />
Security is top-of-mind for companies these days, and Gatekeeper is an extra level that businesses can implement. Its purpose is to restrict the apps that can be downloaded and installed on your computer. While many businesses should have measures like this in place, this app can act as another layer to ensure an even more secure organization.</p>
<p><strong>iCloud </strong><br />
Possibly the biggest trend in small business computing is the integration of cloud storage. Apple’s cloud storage service, iCloud, will play a prominent role in Mountain Lion, especially for businesses. With this feature, employees will be able to access data stored in the cloud using Apple’s different devices. Any changes made to documents stored in the cloud will be automatically updated in realtime, without the user having to save and update.</p>
<p>Mountain Lion is shaping up to be one of the best versions of OS X to date. There are numerous features that users will find appealing, and many businesses are eager for the retail release. A word of warning though, while a version of Mountain Lion is available to download, it’s an unfinished product and as such, we recommend that you hold off from installing it onto your business’s computers. If you’d like to prepare your systems for the OS, please contact us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/ready-or-not-here-comes-another-os-x/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>It’s time to take Drive for ride</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/it%e2%80%99s-time-to-take-drive-for-ride/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/it%e2%80%99s-time-to-take-drive-for-ride/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 14 May 2012 15:00:53 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet – Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May14_GoogleApps_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cloud services]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Drive]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile cloud apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10873</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Google recently released its cloud storage app, Google Drive. In a market with over 10 direct competitors, Google faces some tough competition. Users have been chomping at the bit to get their hands on the service and see if it really cuts the mustard. The release brought with it some interesting features that took many [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.3641505124978721"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10878" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="GoogleApps_May14_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/GoogleApps_May14_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Google recently released its cloud storage app, Google Drive. In a market with over 10 direct competitors, Google faces some tough competition. Users have been chomping at the bit to get their hands on the service and see if it really cuts the mustard. The release brought with it some interesting features that took many users by surprise. </span></p>
<p><span>Google Drive is being billed as a cloud storage app that focuses on collaboration and storage, and can be divided into three layers: Web, mobile and desktop.</span></p>
<p><strong>Layer one: Web browser</strong><br />
This is Google Drive’s hub, where the majority of users will be accessing and editing their files. The big shocker is that Google Docs has been rolled into Drive. Your docs and other files will now be synced, stored and accessed here. Think of it as a beefier, more enhanced version of Docs.</p>
<p>If your business uses Google Docs, you’ll be happy to know that the collaboration tools have been migrated over. If you use Google Chrome, you can also install apps and edit files right in Drive, instead of having to download and edit them as you would with other storage services.</p>
<p><strong>Layer two: Mobile app</strong><br />
The second layer is the mobile app. Android users already have access to the mobile app and if they had the Google Docs app already installed, they should have been notified of the update. Users of the mobile app can access and create or edit most docs as they would on the other layers.</p>
<p>There are currently two negative aspects to the mobile app. The first is that you can’t do any major housekeeping via the app. You can’t move files from one collection to another or start a new collection. All that will have to be done via the browser for now. The other downside is that the app is only available for Android users at this time. It will be coming to iOS devices in the near future.</p>
<p><strong>Layer three: Desktop</strong><br />
You can install the app on your Mac or PC and when you do, there’ll be a folder on your desktop that functions like your hard drive. You then drag and drop files from your computer into the folder which are then synced with the other layers.</p>
<p>At this time, any files from Google Docs won’t be downloaded onto your hard drive. When clicked, they’ll open in Google Chrome or your default browser.</p>
<p><strong>The Cost of Google Drive </strong><br />
Individual users of the service will get 5GB of storage for free and will be able to buy additional space for a monthly fee. For businesses who use Google Apps for Business, each user will get 5GB free, and administrators can buy extra storage space, up to 16TB, for a monthly fee.</p>
<p>Overall, Drive is a competitive service for users of Google’s apps and offers some great features that makes it competitive with other cloud storage services. If you’d like to learn more about how your business can integrate Google Drive and other apps from Google, please call us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/it%e2%80%99s-time-to-take-drive-for-ride/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Who’s driving cloud storage now?</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/who%e2%80%99s-driving-cloud-storage-now/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/who%e2%80%99s-driving-cloud-storage-now/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 14 May 2012 15:00:29 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet – Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May14_GoogleApps_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cloud services]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Drive]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile cloud apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10871</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you’ve been following technical blogs over the past few months you have undoubtedly heard the rumors about Google’s cloud service. On April 25, they finally put the rumors to bed and introduced Google Drive. The service has some features that, while not game changing, give users a great cloud storage app. Google Drive is [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.3641505124978721"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10874" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="GoogleApps_May14_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/GoogleApps_May14_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />If you’ve been following technical blogs over the past few months you have undoubtedly heard the rumors about Google’s cloud service. On April 25, they finally put the rumors to bed and introduced Google Drive. The service has some features that, while not game changing, give users a great cloud storage app. </span></p>
<p><span><span id="internal-source-marker_0.3641505124978721">Google Drive is being billed as a cloud storage app that focuses on collaboration and storage, and can be divided into three layers: Web, mobile and desktop.</span></span></p>
<p><strong>Layer one: Web browser</strong><br />
This is Google Drive’s hub, where the majority of users will be accessing and editing their files. The big shocker is that Google Docs has been rolled into Drive. Your docs and other files will now be synced, stored and accessed here. Think of it as a beefier, more enhanced version of Docs.</p>
<p>If your business uses Google Docs, you’ll be happy to know that the collaboration tools have been migrated over. If you use Google Chrome, you can also install apps and edit files right in Drive, instead of having to download and edit them as you would with other storage services.</p>
<p><strong>Layer two: Mobile app</strong><br />
The second layer is the mobile app. Android users already have access to the mobile app and if they had the Google Docs app already installed, they should have been notified of the update. Users of the mobile app can access and create or edit most docs as they would on the other layers.</p>
<p>There are currently two negative aspects to the mobile app. The first is that you can’t do any major housekeeping via the app. You can’t move files from one collection to another or start a new collection. All that will have to be done via the browser for now. The other downside is that the app is only available for Android users at this time. It will be coming to iOS devices in the near future.</p>
<p><strong>Layer three: Desktop</strong><br />
You can install the app on your Mac or PC and when you do, there’ll be a folder on your desktop that functions like your hard drive. You then drag and drop files from your computer into the folder which are then synced with the other layers.</p>
<p>At this time, any files from Google Docs won’t be downloaded onto your hard drive. When clicked, they’ll open in Google Chrome or your default browser.</p>
<p><strong>The Cost of Google Drive </strong><br />
Individual users of the service will get 5GB of storage for free and will be able to buy additional space for a monthly fee. For businesses who use Google Apps for Business, each user will get 5GB free, and administrators can buy extra storage space, up to 16TB, for a monthly fee.</p>
<p>Overall, Drive is a competitive service for users of Google’s apps and offers some great features that makes it competitive with other cloud storage services. If you’d like to learn more about how your business can integrate Google Drive and other apps from Google, please call us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/who%e2%80%99s-driving-cloud-storage-now/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Pedal to the metal, Drive races In</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/pedal-to-the-metal-drive-races-in/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/pedal-to-the-metal-drive-races-in/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 14 May 2012 15:00:08 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet – Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May14_GoogleApps_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cloud services]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Drive]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile cloud apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10872</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Google recently released its cloud storage app, Google Drive. In a market with over 10 direct competitors, Google faces some tough competition. Users have been chomping at the bit to get their hands on the service and see if it really cuts the mustard. The release brought with it some interesting features that took many [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.3641505124978721"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10876" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="GoogleApps_May14_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/GoogleApps_May14_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Google recently released its cloud storage app, Google Drive. In a market with over 10 direct competitors, Google faces some tough competition. Users have been chomping at the bit to get their hands on the service and see if it really cuts the mustard. The release brought with it some interesting features that took many users by surprise. </span></p>
<p><span>Google Drive is being billed as a cloud storage app that focuses on collaboration and storage, and can be divided into three layers: Web, mobile and desktop.</span></p>
<p><strong>Layer one: Web browser</strong><br />
This is Google Drive’s hub, where the majority of users will be accessing and editing their files. The big shocker is that Google Docs has been rolled into Drive. Your docs and other files will now be synced, stored and accessed here. Think of it as a beefier, more enhanced version of Docs.</p>
<p>If your business uses Google Docs, you’ll be happy to know that the collaboration tools have been migrated over. If you use Google Chrome, you can also install apps and edit files right in Drive, instead of having to download and edit them as you would with other storage services.</p>
<p><strong>Layer two: Mobile app</strong><br />
The second layer is the mobile app. Android users already have access to the mobile app and if they had the Google Docs app already installed, they should have been notified of the update. Users of the mobile app can access and create or edit most docs as they would on the other layers.</p>
<p>There are currently two negative aspects to the mobile app. The first is that you can’t do any major housekeeping via the app. You can’t move files from one collection to another or start a new collection. All that will have to be done via the browser for now. The other downside is that the app is only available for Android users at this time. It will be coming to iOS devices in the near future.</p>
<p><strong>Layer three: Desktop</strong><br />
You can install the app on your Mac or PC and when you do, there’ll be a folder on your desktop that functions like your hard drive. You then drag and drop files from your computer into the folder which are then synced with the other layers.</p>
<p>At this time, any files from Google Docs won’t be downloaded onto your hard drive. When clicked, they’ll open in Google Chrome or your default browser.</p>
<p><strong>The Cost of Google Drive </strong><br />
Individual users of the service will get 5GB of storage for free and will be able to buy additional space for a monthly fee. For businesses who use Google Apps for Business, each user will get 5GB free, and administrators can buy extra storage space, up to 16TB, for a monthly fee.</p>
<p>Overall, Drive is a competitive service for users of Google’s apps and offers some great features that makes it competitive with other cloud storage services. If you’d like to learn more about how your business can integrate Google Drive and other apps from Google, please call us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/pedal-to-the-metal-drive-races-in/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Physicians are Willing &#8211; But Not Ready</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/physicians-are-willing-but-not-ready/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/physicians-are-willing-but-not-ready/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 14 May 2012 02:08:01 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Healthcare Articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May11_Healthcare&EMRGeneral_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[electronic medical record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EMR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Healthcare and EMR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Medicare and Medicade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10785</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[There’s a big gap between what physicians thought they could do, and what they were eligible to do, to collect meaningful use incentives last year, according to a new study, which appears in the May issue of Health Affairs. The study shows that 91 percent of physicians nationwide were eligible for federal electronic medical record [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7453201503958553"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10789" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="HealthcareAndEMR_May11_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/HealthcareAndEMR_May11_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />There’s a big gap between what physicians thought they could do, and what they were eligible to do, to collect meaningful use incentives last year, according to a new study, which appears in the May issue of Health Affairs.</span></p>
<p>The study shows that 91 percent of physicians nationwide were eligible for federal electronic medical record (EMR) incentives in 2011. However, only 10 percent intended to apply for the program.</p>
<p>That number was on the low side of what the federal government had anticipated. The Center for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services had estimated that 10 percent to 36 percent of Medicare-eligible professionals and 15 percent to 47 percent of Medicaid-eligible professionals would demonstrate meaningful use in 2011.</p>
<p>According to the authors, among physicians intending to apply for meaningful use, about 21 percent were ready with the 10 core capabilities. Even in the state with the highest degree of readiness &#8211; Wisconsin &#8211; only 32 percent of physicians were ready with the 10 core capabilities.</p>
<p>The authors say the low level of readiness illustrates the challenges in meeting the federal schedule for financial incentives. Healthcare practices have support options, however. Your IT provider can help you if you need assistance preparing your meaningful use.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/physicians-are-willing-but-not-ready/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Google Drives SlideRocket Presentations</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google-drives-sliderocket-presentations/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google-drives-sliderocket-presentations/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 12 May 2012 15:15:56 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>rob</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Virtualization – VMWare]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May11_VMware_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Drive]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Drive Collaboration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SlideRocket]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMWare]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10837</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[VMware is a company that has historically focused on virtualization solutions that make conducting business easier and more efficient. With the company’s purchase of SlideRocket, an online presentation collaboration tool, VMware provides another valuable feature to any business. With integration with a new cloud storage app, this tool has become even more beneficial to businesses. [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.42772209853865206"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10841" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="VMware_May11_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/VMware_May11_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />VMware is a company that has historically focused on virtualization solutions that make conducting business easier and more efficient. With the company’s purchase of SlideRocket, an online presentation collaboration tool, VMware provides another valuable feature to any business. With integration with a new cloud storage app, this tool has become even more beneficial to businesses. </span></p>
<p><span><span id="internal-source-marker_0.42772209853865206">Google has recently released its cloud storage and collaboration app, Google Drive. What does this have to do with SlideRocket? Well, SlideRocket’s full set of content authoring tools have been integrated into Google Drive. This means that users of SlideRocket can use Google Drive as another way to create, collaborate on, and store presentations.</span></span></p>
<p>Chuck Dietrich, Vice President of SlideRocket by VMware, commented, “Together with Google, VMware is helping individuals and businesses embrace new technologies for collaboration in the cloud era.” He went on to note that SlideRocket and Google Drive provide users with a great way to do just that.</p>
<p>If you use SlideRocket and would like to work with other users over Google Drive, simply log into both services with the same account and in Google Drive select Create and More followed by SlideRocket. Once you log in and integrate your accounts, you’ll have access to your presentations without having to log in to SlideRocket.</p>
<p>If you’d like to know more about how you can virtualize your business, or the different products offered by VMware, we’re ready to tell you more. Let’s talk virtualization.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google-drives-sliderocket-presentations/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>SlideRocket lets Google Drive</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/sliderocket-lets-google-drive/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/sliderocket-lets-google-drive/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 12 May 2012 15:15:39 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>rob</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Virtualization – VMWare]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May11_VMware_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Drive]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Drive Collaboration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SlideRocket]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMWare]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10838</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Presentations are an integral component of everyday business and can make or break your projects. With our busy schedules, we often collaborate on presentations with other people to maximize our potential and efficiency. VMware’s SlideRocket is a great tool for presentation collaboration, and with recent integration with a cloud storage provider it has become even [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.42772209853865206"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10843" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="VMware_May11_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/VMware_May11_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Presentations are an integral component of everyday business and can make or break your projects. With our busy schedules, we often collaborate on presentations with other people to maximize our potential and efficiency. VMware’s SlideRocket is a great tool for presentation collaboration, and with recent integration with a cloud storage provider it has become even better. </span></p>
<p><span><span id="internal-source-marker_0.42772209853865206">Google has recently released its cloud storage and collaboration app, Google Drive. What does this have to do with SlideRocket? Well, SlideRocket’s full set of content authoring tools have been integrated into Google Drive. This means that users of SlideRocket can use Google Drive as another way to create, collaborate on, and store presentations.</p>
<p>Chuck Dietrich, Vice President of SlideRocket by VMware, commented, “Together with Google, VMware is helping individuals and businesses embrace new technologies for collaboration in the cloud era.” He went on to note that SlideRocket and Google Drive provide users with a great way to do just that.</p>
<p>If you use SlideRocket and would like to work with other users over Google Drive, simply log into both services with the same account and in Google Drive select Create and More followed by SlideRocket. Once you log in and integrate your accounts, you’ll have access to your presentations without having to log in to SlideRocket.</p>
<p>If you’d like to know more about how you can virtualize your business, or the different products offered by VMware, we’re ready to tell you more. Let’s talk virtualization. </span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/sliderocket-lets-google-drive/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>SlideRocket Plays with Google Drive</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/sliderocket-plays-with-google-drive/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/sliderocket-plays-with-google-drive/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 12 May 2012 15:15:27 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Virtualization – VMWare]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May11_VMware_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Drive]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Drive Collaboration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SlideRocket]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMWare]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10836</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In April 2011 VMware purchased SlideRocket, an online tool that lets users create and share presentations. By itself it’s a useful tool for users who give presentations, which let’s face it, is almost every business owner and manager. SlideRocket’s recent partnering with Google’s cloud storage app has provided users with an even more powerful way [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.42772209853865206"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10839" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="VMware_May11_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/VMware_May11_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />In April 2011 VMware purchased SlideRocket, an online tool that lets users create and share presentations. By itself it’s a useful tool for users who give presentations, which let’s face it, is almost every business owner and manager. SlideRocket’s recent partnering with Google’s cloud storage app has provided users with an even more powerful way to share and collaborate on presentations. </span></p>
<p><span><span id="internal-source-marker_0.42772209853865206">Google has recently released its cloud storage and collaboration app, Google Drive. What does this have to do with SlideRocket? Well, SlideRocket’s full set of content authoring tools have been integrated into Google Drive. This means that users of SlideRocket can use Google Drive as another way to create, collaborate on, and store presentations.</span></span></p>
<p>Chuck Dietrich, Vice President of SlideRocket by VMware, commented, “Together with Google, VMware is helping individuals and businesses embrace new technologies for collaboration in the cloud era.” He went on to note that SlideRocket and Google Drive provide users with a great way to do just that.</p>
<p>If you use SlideRocket and would like to work with other users over Google Drive, simply log into both services with the same account and in Google Drive select Create and More followed by SlideRocket. Once you log in and integrate your accounts, you’ll have access to your presentations without having to log in to SlideRocket.</p>
<p>If you’d like to know more about how you can virtualize your business, or the different products offered by VMware, we’re ready to tell you more. Let’s talk virtualization.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/sliderocket-plays-with-google-drive/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Windows Phone: Perfect Mobile Office</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/windows-phone-perfect-mobile-office/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/windows-phone-perfect-mobile-office/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 12 May 2012 15:00:28 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Phone – Windows Phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May11_WindowsPhone_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office 365 integration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[windows phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows Phone 7.5]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10816</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Windows phones may not have the biggest market share, but there are a number of advantageous features that make it a viable solution for small businesses. If your company uses Microsoft Office 365, and you or your employees have a smartphone running the Windows Phone OS, you can easily integrate Office 365 with your phone. [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.5405613640323281"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10819" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="WindowsPhone_May11_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/WindowsPhone_May11_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Windows phones may not have the biggest market share, but there are a number of advantageous features that make it a viable solution for small businesses. If your company uses Microsoft Office 365, and you or your employees have a smartphone running the Windows Phone OS, you can easily integrate Office 365 with your phone. </span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.5405613640323281">If you would like to connect Office 365 with your Windows phone, follow these steps:</span></p>
<p><em>Please be aware that these instructions are for Windows Phone version 7.5. If you are running an earlier version, it is recommended that you upgrade to version 7.5 first.</em></p>
<ol>
<li>On your Windows Phone press <em>Settings</em> followed by <em>Email</em> and <em>Accounts</em>.</li>
<li>Tap <em>Add an Account</em> and select <em>Outlook</em>. This is a catchall for any email service that uses Microsoft Exchange, Office 365 included.</li>
<li>Enter your Office 365 email address and password, and your Windows Phone will automatically configure your account.</li>
<li>After the configuration is complete, a window will pop up informing you that your Office 365 email and SharePoint Online Team site have been set up on your phone. You’ll also be able to download Microsoft Lync 2010 from the Marketplace if you need it.</li>
</ol>
<p>When you return to the home screen, you’ll notice that an Office 365 email tile has been placed at the bottom of the screen. It’s a good idea to go into the Email settings on your phone (follow step 1 above) and adjust the settings to your needs. For example, your email account will automatically be named <em>Outlook</em>. To re-name it tap on <em>Outlook</em> and select Account Name.</p>
<p>From the Settings page you’ll also be able to select which Office 365 services you want your phone to sync with e.g., contacts. By default your contacts will show up in your People hub. If you don’t want your contacts to sync, you can deselect it from this page.</p>
<p>If you use Office 365 and a Windows Phone you’ll find that the integration is near seamless. If you would like to learn more about Windows Phone or any other Windows product, we’re here to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/windows-phone-perfect-mobile-office/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Integrate Windows Phone and Office 365</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/integrate-windows-phone-and-office-365/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/integrate-windows-phone-and-office-365/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 12 May 2012 15:00:25 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Phone – Windows Phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May11_WindowsPhone_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office 365 integration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[windows phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows Phone 7.5]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10817</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[One of the most common complaints smartphone owners have is that it’s tough to get the phone to seamlessly sync with their computer. If your business uses Microsoft Office 365, there aren’t many tools or apps that allow you to use all the features on your smartphone. If you’re a Windows phone user, you’re in [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10820" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="WindowsPhone_May11_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/WindowsPhone_May11_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />One of the most common complaints smartphone owners have is that it’s tough to get the phone to seamlessly sync with their computer. If your business uses Microsoft Office 365, there aren’t many tools or apps that allow you to use all the features on your smartphone. If you’re a Windows phone user, you’re in luck as your phone has built in features that allow you to use Office 365.</p>
<p>If you would like to connect Office 365 with your Windows phone, follow these steps:</p>
<p><em>Please be aware that these instructions are for Windows Phone version 7.5. If you are running an earlier version, it is recommended that you upgrade to version 7.5 first.</em></p>
<ol>
<li>On your Windows Phone press <em>Settings</em> followed by <em>Email</em> and <em>Accounts</em>.</li>
<li>Tap <em>Add an Account</em> and select <em>Outlook</em>. This is a catchall for any email service that uses Microsoft Exchange, Office 365 included.</li>
<li>Enter your Office 365 email address and password, and your Windows Phone will automatically configure your account.</li>
<li>After the configuration is complete, a window will pop up informing you that your Office 365 email and SharePoint Online Team site have been set up on your phone. You’ll also be able to download Microsoft Lync 2010 from the Marketplace if you need it.</li>
</ol>
<p>When you return to the home screen, you’ll notice that an Office 365 email tile has been placed at the bottom of the screen. It’s a good idea to go into the Email settings on your phone (follow step 1 above) and adjust the settings to your needs. For example, your email account will automatically be named <em>Outlook</em>. To re-name it tap on <em>Outlook</em> and select Account Name.</p>
<p>From the Settings page you’ll also be able to select which Office 365 services you want your phone to sync with e.g., contacts. By default your contacts will show up in your People hub. If you don’t want your contacts to sync, you can deselect it from this page.</p>
<p>If you use Office 365 and a Windows Phone you’ll find that the integration is near seamless. If you would like to learn more about Windows Phone or any other Windows product, we’re here to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/integrate-windows-phone-and-office-365/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Office 365 + Windows Phone = Good Match</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/office-365-windows-phone-good-match/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/office-365-windows-phone-good-match/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 12 May 2012 15:00:23 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Phone – Windows Phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May11_WindowsPhone_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office 365 integration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[windows phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows Phone 7.5]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10818</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Microsoft has seen mixed success with their Windows Phone platform. Many of the smartphones released offer some top notch hardware specs along with an intuitive layout. One of the main features that attracts users is the near seamless integration with Microsoft’s programs. For example, if you use Microsoft Office 365, you can sync with your [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10822" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="WindowsPhone_May11_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/WindowsPhone_May11_C1.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Microsoft has seen mixed success with their Windows Phone platform. Many of the smartphones released offer some top notch hardware specs along with an intuitive layout. One of the main features that attracts users is the near seamless integration with Microsoft’s programs. For example, if you use Microsoft Office 365, you can sync with your phone and access your files on the go.</p>
<p>If you would like to connect Office 365 with your Windows phone, follow these steps:</p>
<p><em>Please be aware that these instructions are for Windows Phone version 7.5. If you are running an earlier version, it is recommended that you upgrade to version 7.5 first.</em></p>
<ol>
<li>On your Windows Phone press <em>Settings</em> followed by <em>Email</em> and <em>Accounts</em>.</li>
<li>Tap <em>Add an Account</em> and select <em>Outlook</em>. This is a catchall for any email service that uses Microsoft Exchange, Office 365 included.</li>
<li>Enter your Office 365 email address and password, and your Windows Phone will automatically configure your account.</li>
<li>After the configuration is complete, a window will pop up informing you that your Office 365 email and SharePoint Online Team site have been set up on your phone. You’ll also be able to download Microsoft Lync 2010 from the Marketplace if you need it.</li>
</ol>
<p>When you return to the home screen, you’ll notice that an Office 365 email tile has been placed at the bottom of the screen. It’s a good idea to go into the Email settings on your phone (follow step 1 above) and adjust the settings to your needs. For example, your email account will automatically be named <em>Outlook</em>. To re-name it tap on <em>Outlook</em> and select Account Name.</p>
<p>From the Settings page you’ll also be able to select which Office 365 services you want your phone to sync with e.g., contacts. By default your contacts will show up in your People hub. If you don’t want your contacts to sync, you can deselect it from this page.</p>
<p>If you use Office 365 and a Windows Phone you’ll find that the integration is near seamless. If you would like to learn more about Windows Phone or any other Windows product, we’re here to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/office-365-windows-phone-good-match/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Gourmet Tips for Ice Cream Sandwich</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/gourmet-tips-for-ice-cream-sandwich/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/gourmet-tips-for-ice-cream-sandwich/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 11 May 2012 15:30:59 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Phone – Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May11_Android_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android 4.0]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ice Cream Sandwich]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ice Cream Sandwich Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10799</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Android versions have some pretty delicious sounding names. The newest version of the OS, codenamed Ice Cream Sandwich, has some tasty features that many users are now able to enjoy. These sweet new additions and improvements have definitely made the OS easier to use and more appealing to the multitude of discerning users. Here are [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.32025499106384814"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10805" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Android_May11_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Android_May11_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Android versions have some pretty delicious sounding names. The newest version of the OS, codenamed Ice Cream Sandwich, has some tasty features that many users are now able to enjoy. These sweet new additions and improvements have definitely made the OS easier to use and more appealing to the multitude of discerning users. </span></p>
<p>Here are some great tips and tricks to help you get the most out of Ice Cream Sandwich:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Settings. </strong>There’s a quick and easy way to access settings. Simply swipe down from the top of your screen and the Notifications menu will open. Press the blue icon (sliders) beside the date to access your settings.</li>
<li><strong>Uninstall apps.</strong> This used to be one of the more complicated actions of Android, but with 4.0, it’s easy. On the home screen press the Apps icon (white circle with 6 squares) and find the app you would like to uninstall. Press and hold the app, drag it up to Uninstall which will be in the top left of the screen and let go.</li>
<li><strong>Swipe away</strong>. A neat feature of 4.0 is that you can swipe away apps and messages in some locations. If you have lots of notifications, open the Notifications menu and swipe the message to the right to dismiss it. You can also do the same with recent programs (double rectangles in the bottom right of your screen) and browser tabs.</li>
<li><strong>Disable app icons.</strong> When you download and install programs from Google Play, a shortcut will be automatically placed on your home screen. You can turn this off by opening Google Play and selecting the icon with three vertical grey squares followed by Settings. Tap Auto-add widgets and app shortcuts won’t be added to your home screen after they’re installed.</li>
<li><strong>Send text response when you can’t answer. </strong>If you’re in a meeting and can’t answer a call, simply drag the call selector button up to be given a number of text responses you can send to the caller.</li>
<li><strong>Quick browser control.</strong> You can streamline the browser controls in the stock Android browser. Open the browser and select the three grey squares in the top right of the screen and tap Settings. Select Labs followed by Quick Controls. You’ll notice that your URL bar and tabs are gone. To see them, press and hold anywhere on the right side of your screen to bring up a selection wheel.</li>
</ul>
<p>Ice Cream Sandwich is by far the best version of OS and offers users some great features. If you’d like to learn more about Ice Cream Sandwich, or other Android products please let us know. We’re happy to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/gourmet-tips-for-ice-cream-sandwich/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Get the Most Out of Android 4.0</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/get-the-most-out-of-android-4-0/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/get-the-most-out-of-android-4-0/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 11 May 2012 15:30:57 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Phone – Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May11_Android_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android 4.0]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ice Cream Sandwich]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ice Cream Sandwich Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10798</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In December of last year Google released the newest version of the Android OS. Android 4.0, or Ice Cream Sandwich as it is commonly known, is finally available for most devices that can run it. Android 4.0 is a drastic change from previous versions and introduces some features that make the OS a serious competitor. [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.32025499106384814"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10804" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Android_May11_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Android_May11_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />In December of last year Google released the newest version of the Android OS. Android 4.0, or Ice Cream Sandwich as it is commonly known, is finally available for most devices that can run it. Android 4.0 is a drastic change from previous versions and introduces some features that make the OS a serious competitor.</span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.32025499106384814">Here are some great tips and tricks to help you get the most out of Ice Cream Sandwich:</span></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Settings. </strong>There’s a quick and easy way to access settings. Simply swipe down from the top of your screen and the Notifications menu will open. Press the blue icon (sliders) beside the date to access your settings.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Uninstall apps. </span>This used to be one of the more complicated actions of Android, but with 4.0, it’s easy. On the home screen press the Apps icon (white circle with 6 squares) and find the app you would like to uninstall. Press and hold the app, drag it up to Uninstall which will be in the top left of the screen and let go.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Swipe away. </span>A neat feature of 4.0 is that you can swipe away apps and messages in some locations. If you have lots of notifications, open the Notifications menu and swipe the message to the right to dismiss it. You can also do the same with recent programs (double rectangles in the bottom right of your screen) and browser tabs.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Disable app icons. </span>When you download and install programs from Google Play, a shortcut will be automatically placed on your home screen. You can turn this off by opening Google Play and selecting the icon with three vertical grey squares followed by Settings. Tap Auto-add widgets and app shortcuts won’t be added to your home screen after they’re installed.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Send text response when you can’t answer.</span> If you’re in a meeting and can’t answer a call, simply drag the call selector button up to be given a number of text responses you can send to the caller.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Quick browser control. </span>You can streamline the browser controls in the stock Android browser. Open the browser and select the three grey squares in the top right of the screen and tap Settings. Select Labs followed by Quick Controls. You’ll notice that your URL bar and tabs are gone. To see them, press and hold anywhere on the right side of your screen to bring up a selection wheel.</li>
</ul>
<p>Ice Cream Sandwich is by far the best version of OS and offers users some great features. If you’d like to learn more about Ice Cream Sandwich, or other Android products please let us know. We’re happy to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/get-the-most-out-of-android-4-0/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Google+ gets prettied up, looks better</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google-gets-prettied-up-looks-better/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google-gets-prettied-up-looks-better/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 11 May 2012 15:30:34 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Cloud – Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May11_GoogleApps_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Changes to G+]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[G+]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[G+ update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Plus]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10850</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Google has been striving to integrate its online services into one central platform based around their social network, Google+. To date it has been met with mixed reviews but has never really taken off since its launch in the summer of 2011. In mid April, Google launched a redesign of Google+ with the goal of [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10856" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="GoogleApps_May11_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/GoogleApps_May11_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Google has been striving to integrate its online services into one central platform based around their social network, Google+. To date it has been met with mixed reviews but has never really taken off since its launch in the summer of 2011. In mid April, Google launched a redesign of Google+ with the goal of making the network a little more user friendly.</p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.9825830240733922">When you first log into the updated Google+ the amount of white space will jump out at you. It’s a startling contrast to the other social networks. After you adjust to it, you’ll notice four main aspects of the new look:</span></p>
<ol>
<li><strong>To the left. </strong>On the left is a bar, or ribbon as Google calls it, with icons for the main features. This ribbon is reminiscent of the Windows Task Bar and works much the same way. Simply click on an icon to open the related function. If you have an icon you don’t use, simply click and drag it out of the bar and it will be moved to More.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">In the center. </span>In the center of the page you’ll see all your updates along with a bar above them with your top two circles. To the right of your updates you’ll see what’s trending on Google+, the Invite friends to Google+ button and a suggestions box.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">To the right. </span>On the far right is a very prominent chat bar with all your chat contacts. Above that is the Start a hangout button which allows you to quickly begin a hangout session.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Up top. </span>At the top of the page you’ll see the search bar, from which you can search Google+ for posts, topics, friends, etc.</li>
</ol>
<p>Are you in love with the cover photo on your Facebook profile? Do you like having a picture spread across top of your profile? If yes, Google+ now has the option to set a cover photo at the top of your profile. Not a fan of one picture across the top of your profile? You can also pick and choose multiple pictures. Your profile picture and information have been moved to the right side of the picture with your circles below.</p>
<p><strong>New features </strong><br />
There are three new useful features:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Explore. </strong>On the left ribbon is a compass icon. Clicking this will open Explore, a page that displays what’s currently trending on Google+. The content shown on this page is viewable by all users, and this gives businesses a great marketing opportunity if they can capitalize on current trends.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Block. </span>On your social network profiles there may be a user who is leaving rude comments or spam messages on your posts. On Google+ you can block the user from posting. Simply go to their profile and select block under their profile picture.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">New hangout page. </span>If you click on the hangouts icon on the left hand ribbon, you’ll be taken to the hangouts page. On the page you’ll see current hangouts that you can join or you can start a new one based on any post. To start a public hangout click the camera icon at the bottom of the post.</li>
</ol>
<p>It looks like Google has taken a big gamble with the new layout, and only time will tell if it will attract more users. If you would like know more about Google+ and how your business can capitalize on what it offers, we’re ready to talk.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google-gets-prettied-up-looks-better/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Winds of change are blowing at Google+</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/winds-of-change-are-blowing-at-google/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/winds-of-change-are-blowing-at-google/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 11 May 2012 15:30:33 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Cloud – Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May11_GoogleApps_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Changes to G+]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[G+]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[G+ update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Plus]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10851</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you’ve been reading tech blogs in the past few weeks you’ve undoubtedly come across news that Google has launched a new layout for Google+. The layout has brought about some drastic changes to the look and feel that make it a more simple and user friendly social network. Does your company have a presence [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10858" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="GoogleApps_May11_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/GoogleApps_May11_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />If you’ve been reading tech blogs in the past few weeks you’ve undoubtedly come across news that Google has launched a new layout for Google+. The layout has brought about some drastic changes to the look and feel that make it a more simple and user friendly social network. Does your company have a presence on Google+?</p>
<p>When you first log into the updated Google+ the amount of white space will jump out at you. It’s a startling contrast to the other social networks. After you adjust to it, you’ll notice four main aspects of the new look:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>To the left. </strong>On the left is a bar, or ribbon as Google calls it, with icons for the main features. This ribbon is reminiscent of the Windows Task Bar and works much the same way. Simply click on an icon to open the related function. If you have an icon you don’t use, simply click and drag it out of the bar and it will be moved to More.</li>
<li><strong>In the center.</strong> In the center of the page you’ll see all your updates along with a bar above them with your top two circles. To the right of your updates you’ll see what’s trending on Google+, the Invite friends to Google+ button and a suggestions box.</li>
<li><strong>To the right.</strong> On the far right is a very prominent chat bar with all your chat contacts. Above that is the Start a hangout button which allows you to quickly begin a hangout session.</li>
<li><strong>Up top. </strong>At the top of the page you’ll see the search bar, from which you can search Google+ for posts, topics, friends, etc.</li>
</ol>
<p>Are you in love with the cover photo on your Facebook profile? Do you like having a picture spread across top of your profile? If yes, Google+ now has the option to set a cover photo at the top of your profile. Not a fan of one picture across the top of your profile? You can also pick and choose multiple pictures. Your profile picture and information have been moved to the right side of the picture with your circles below.</p>
<p><strong>New features </strong><br />
There are three new useful features:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Explore. </strong>On the left ribbon is a compass icon. Clicking this will open Explore, a page that displays what’s currently trending on Google+. The content shown on this page is viewable by all users, and this gives businesses a great marketing opportunity if they can capitalize on current trends.</li>
<li><strong>Block</strong>. On your social network profiles there may be a user who is leaving rude comments or spam messages on your posts. On Google+ you can block the user from posting. Simply go to their profile and select block under their profile picture.</li>
<li><strong>New hangout page.</strong> If you click on the hangouts icon on the left hand ribbon, you’ll be taken to the hangouts page. On the page you’ll see current hangouts that you can join or you can start a new one based on any post. To start a public hangout click the camera icon at the bottom of the post.</li>
</ol>
<p>It looks like Google has taken a big gamble with the new layout, and only time will tell if it will attract more users. If you would like know more about Google+ and how your business can capitalize on what it offers, we’re ready to talk.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/winds-of-change-are-blowing-at-google/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Google+ now with more white space</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google-now-with-more-white-space/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google-now-with-more-white-space/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 11 May 2012 15:30:30 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Cloud – Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May11_GoogleApps_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Changes to G+]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[G+]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[G+ update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Plus]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10852</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[“Change is good,” an adage Google seems to have adopted and implemented with relish. One of the latest changes made was to the layout of Google+, Google’s social network. The new layout is a dramatic change that’s been met with general applause from the tech community. If your company has a Google+ profile, it should [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10860" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="GoogleApps_May11_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/GoogleApps_May11_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />“Change is good,” an adage Google seems to have adopted and implemented with relish. One of the latest changes made was to the layout of Google+, Google’s social network. The new layout is a dramatic change that’s been met with general applause from the tech community. If your company has a Google+ profile, it should have already been implemented.</p>
<p>When you first log into the updated Google+ the amount of white space will jump out at you. It’s a startling contrast to the other social networks. After you adjust to it, you’ll notice four main aspects of the new look:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>To the left. </strong>On the left is a bar, or ribbon as Google calls it, with icons for the main features. This ribbon is reminiscent of the Windows Task Bar and works much the same way. Simply click on an icon to open the related function. If you have an icon you don’t use, simply click and drag it out of the bar and it will be moved to More.</li>
<li><strong>In the center.</strong> In the center of the page you’ll see all your updates along with a bar above them with your top two circles. To the right of your updates you’ll see what’s trending on Google+, the Invite friends to Google+ button and a suggestions box.</li>
<li><strong>To the right.</strong> On the far right is a very prominent chat bar with all your chat contacts. Above that is the Start a hangout button which allows you to quickly begin a hangout session.</li>
<li><strong>Up top. </strong>At the top of the page you’ll see the search bar, from which you can search Google+ for posts, topics, friends, etc.</li>
</ol>
<p>Are you in love with the cover photo on your Facebook profile? Do you like having a picture spread across top of your profile? If yes, Google+ now has the option to set a cover photo at the top of your profile. Not a fan of one picture across the top of your profile? You can also pick and choose multiple pictures. Your profile picture and information have been moved to the right side of the picture with your circles below.</p>
<p><strong>New features </strong><br />
There are three new useful features:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Explore. </strong>On the left ribbon is a compass icon. Clicking this will open Explore, a page that displays what’s currently trending on Google+. The content shown on this page is viewable by all users, and this gives businesses a great marketing opportunity if they can capitalize on current trends.</li>
<li><strong>Block</strong>. On your social network profiles there may be a user who is leaving rude comments or spam messages on your posts. On Google+ you can block the user from posting. Simply go to their profile and select block under their profile picture.</li>
<li><strong>New hangout page.</strong> If you click on the hangouts icon on the left hand ribbon, you’ll be taken to the hangouts page. On the page you’ll see current hangouts that you can join or you can start a new one based on any post. To start a public hangout click the camera icon at the bottom of the post.</li>
</ol>
<p>It looks like Google has taken a big gamble with the new layout, and only time will tell if it will attract more users. If you would like know more about Google+ and how your business can capitalize on what it offers, we’re ready to talk.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google-now-with-more-white-space/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Tasty Ice Cream Sandwich Tips</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/tasty-ice-cream-sandwich-tips/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/tasty-ice-cream-sandwich-tips/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 11 May 2012 15:30:01 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Phone – Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May11_Android_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android 4.0]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ice Cream Sandwich]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ice Cream Sandwich Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10800</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[With each new version of Android, Google has improved the mobile OS to the point where it’s now one of the most popular mobile systems. When the new version of Android was announced, users couldn’t wait to get their hands on it. Now that many Android devices have been upgraded there’s a growing number of [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.32025499106384814"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10806" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Android_May11_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Android_May11_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />With each new version of Android, Google has improved the mobile OS to the point where it’s now one of the most popular mobile systems. When the new version of Android was announced, users couldn’t wait to get their hands on it. Now that many Android devices have been upgraded there’s a growing number of users enjoying Ice Cream Sandwich. </span></p>
<p>Here are some great tips and tricks to help you get the most out of Ice Cream Sandwich:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Settings. </strong>There’s a quick and easy way to access settings. Simply swipe down from the top of your screen and the Notifications menu will open. Press the blue icon (sliders) beside the date to access your settings.</li>
<li><strong>Uninstall apps.</strong> This used to be one of the more complicated actions of Android, but with 4.0, it’s easy. On the home screen press the Apps icon (white circle with 6 squares) and find the app you would like to uninstall. Press and hold the app, drag it up to Uninstall which will be in the top left of the screen and let go.</li>
<li><strong>Swipe away</strong>. A neat feature of 4.0 is that you can swipe away apps and messages in some locations. If you have lots of notifications, open the Notifications menu and swipe the message to the right to dismiss it. You can also do the same with recent programs (double rectangles in the bottom right of your screen) and browser tabs.</li>
<li><strong>Disable app icons.</strong> When you download and install programs from Google Play, a shortcut will be automatically placed on your home screen. You can turn this off by opening Google Play and selecting the icon with three vertical grey squares followed by Settings. Tap Auto-add widgets and app shortcuts won’t be added to your home screen after they’re installed.</li>
<li><strong>Send text response when you can’t answer. </strong>If you’re in a meeting and can’t answer a call, simply drag the call selector button up to be given a number of text responses you can send to the caller.</li>
<li><strong>Quick browser control.</strong> You can streamline the browser controls in the stock Android browser. Open the browser and select the three grey squares in the top right of the screen and tap Settings. Select Labs followed by Quick Controls. You’ll notice that your URL bar and tabs are gone. To see them, press and hold anywhere on the right side of your screen to bring up a selection wheel.</li>
</ul>
<p>Ice Cream Sandwich is by far the best version of OS and offers users some great features. If you’d like to learn more about Ice Cream Sandwich, or other Android products please let us know. We’re happy to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/tasty-ice-cream-sandwich-tips/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>IT is Key to Patient-Centered Care</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/it-is-key-to-patient-centered-care/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/it-is-key-to-patient-centered-care/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 11 May 2012 15:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Healthcare IT]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May11_GeneralHealthcareIT_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CVS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Healthcare]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Healthcare IT]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Patient-centered-care]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Walgreens]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10784</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The key to patient-centered care &#8211; a concept that continues to evolve &#8211; is the relationship between physician and patient. Finding the balance between patient engagement and information technology, however, can be challenging. IT has benefited healthcare practices in many ways. For example, it allows patients to service themselves when it comes to transactional exchanges, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7453201503958553"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10787" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="GeneralHealthIT_May11_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/GeneralHealthIT_May11_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />The key to patient-centered care &#8211; a concept that continues to evolve &#8211; is the relationship between physician and patient. Finding the balance between patient engagement and information technology, however, can be challenging.</span></p>
<p>IT has benefited healthcare practices in many ways. For example, it allows patients to service themselves when it comes to transactional exchanges, such as scheduling appointments and reviewing bills.</p>
<p>There are fears, however, that IT can also create distance between the practitioner and patient, reducing face-to-face contact. Here are three tips to ensure that doesn’t happen:</p>
<p>1. Accept that patient-centered IT initiatives help the physician. Small practices need to adopt the same features as their competitors, including large practices as well as low-cost primary care providers such as CVS and Walgreens.</p>
<p>2. Determine your needs. Patient-centered IT practices vary. Some practices use patient portals to optimize patient input. Others use email, text, video and mobile apps to create an impact across a broader spectrum of their patients&#8217; health. You’ll need to find what works best for your patient. Younger patients, for example, might prefer text messaging; older patients might prefer email.</p>
<p>3. Reconsider your reimbursement model. IT advancements have patients emailing, text messaging and video conferencing their doctors without payment. That puts pressure on the physician to do more for less. This is a problem with your business model, not your IT. You can&#8217;t offer services that eradicate half of your service visits or you&#8217;ll bankrupt your practice.</p>
<p>For details, please see “<a href="http://www.healthcareitnews.com/news/5-keys-it-and-physician-patient-relationship?page=0,1">Five Keys to IT and the Physician-Patient Relationship</a>.”</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/it-is-key-to-patient-centered-care/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Attributes of Next-Generation EMRs</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/attributes-of-next-generation-emrs/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/attributes-of-next-generation-emrs/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 11 May 2012 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gloStream Articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May11_gloStream_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[electronic medical record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EMR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gloEMR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gloStream]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10786</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The role of the Electronic Medical Record (EMR) is shifting: now, any support for next-generation business models, such as patient-centered care is key. As more electronic medical records (EMRs) come onto the market,it’s becoming difficult to choose one that will remain usable well into the future. Tomorrow’s EMRs will need to be interoperable, scalable, easy [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7453201503958553"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10790" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="gloStream_May11_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/gloStream_May11_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />The role of the <a href="http://www.healthcareitnews.com/directory/electronic-health-record-ehr">Electronic Medical Record (EMR)</a> is shifting: now, any support for next-generation business models, such as patient-centered care is key. As more electronic medical records (EMRs) come onto the market,it’s becoming difficult to choose one that will remain usable well into the future.</span></p>
<p>Tomorrow’s EMRs will need to be interoperable, scalable, easy to maintain, and offer a user-friendly interface and potential for mobile computing.</p>
<p>One EMR, gloEMR from gloStream, can meet these requirements. Below are some of the characteristics EMRs will likely need to have to truly be successful in the years to come &#8211; characteristics gloEMR has.</p>
<p>Interoperability. Microsoft Office has been around for decades, and every year Microsoft spends billions of dollars on Office-related research and development. gloEMR is the only EMR with Microsoft Office built right in, which makes the sharing of data simple.</p>
<p>Scalability. It doesn’t matter how small or large your practice is: gloEMR’s Microsoft technology makes it easy to create practice-specific templates for routine encounters, without expensive programming.</p>
<p>Maintainability. Microsoft technology is used worldwide and all IT professionals are familiar with it. gloEMR’s use of this technology reduces implementation time as well as ongoing maintenance.</p>
<p>Friendliness. gloEMR offers a user-friendly dashboard, so one click is all it takes to find, view and work with the most critical patient information. Through the dashboard, doctors can track patient location from admission to discharge, access and share daily schedules and calendars, order labs, refill prescriptions and more. It’s completely intuitive.</p>
<p>If you’re worried that you’ll be stranded by an EMR provider that isn’t in the business for the long haul, choose an EMR provider that protects your investment, such as gloStream.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/attributes-of-next-generation-emrs/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Use Office 365 to Store Business Cards</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/use-office-365-to-store-business-cards/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/use-office-365-to-store-business-cards/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 10 May 2012 15:30:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[office 365]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May10_Office 365_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Business Cards]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Electronic Business Cards]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office 365]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Office 365]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VFC]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10765</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Since its release in June 2011 many small businesses have been switching to Office 365, Microsoft’s cloud based Office suite, for its numerous features. One useful feature is that you can use Outlook to create and share your contacts’ information in a professional manner by using electronic business cards. Here’s how to create and share [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.3161754996981472"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10771" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Office_May10_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Office_May10_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Since its release in June 2011 many small businesses have been switching to Office 365, Microsoft’s cloud based Office suite, for its numerous features. One useful feature is that you can use Outlook to create and share your contacts’ information in a professional manner by using electronic business cards. </span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.3161754996981472">Here’s how to create and share an electronic business card:</span></p>
<p><strong>Create an Electronic Business Card</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Open Outlook and select <em>Contacts</em> followed by <em>Home</em>. Click on <em>New Contact</em>.</li>
<li>When the Contact window opens, press<em> Business Card</em> and the <em>Edit Business Card</em> window will open.</li>
<li>You will be able to enter contact information into the relevant areas under the <em>Fields</em> box.</li>
<li>If you want to add an image or change the layout of the business card, press the <em>Layout</em> button located in the right side of the screen.</li>
<li>When you have entered the information, press <em>Ok</em> and the business card will be saved as a <em>.vcf</em> file which is readable by most email clients.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Add an Electronic Business Card to an Email</strong><br />
If you have saved a contact’s information as a business card, you can easily attach the card to an email.</p>
<ol>
<li>In a message select the <em>Contacts </em>pane and search for the business card you would like to attach. When you find it, click it.</li>
<li>Select the <em>Home</em> tab, followed by <em>Forward Contact</em>. A drop-down menu will open, select <em>As a Business Card</em>.</li>
<li>You will see the business card as an attachment in the email.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Add a Business Card as a Signature </strong><br />
You can add a business card to your signature in any email.</p>
<ol>
<li>When you create an email message click Signature and select <em>Add signature</em>.</li>
<li>Select the signature you would like to use, if you have one. If not, press anywhere in the white space below <em>Edit signature</em>.</li>
<li>Click <em>Business Card</em> beside the paragraph alignment buttons in the <em>Edit signature</em> field.</li>
<li>Select the contact name you use and press <em>Ok</em>. Your contact information will show up at the bottom of the email as a downloadable <em>.vcf</em> file.</li>
</ol>
<p>If you’re a user of Office 365 and would like to learn more, or would like more information on Office 365 or other products, please give us a call.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/use-office-365-to-store-business-cards/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Office 365 Saves You From Business Cards</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/office-365-saves-you-from-business-cards/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/office-365-saves-you-from-business-cards/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 10 May 2012 15:30:33 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[office 365]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May10_Office 365_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Business Cards]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Electronic Business Cards]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office 365]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Office 365]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VFC]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10767</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[One business tool that’s been slow to keep up with technology is the business card. If you were to look around your office there’s a high probability you have an abundance of them. A problem starts to arise when we get too many, it becomes easy to lose an important card. Users of Microsoft Office [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.3161754996981472"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10775" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Office_May10_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Office_May10_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />One business tool that’s been slow to keep up with technology is the business card. If you were to look around your office there’s a high probability you have an abundance of them. A problem starts to arise when we get too many, it becomes easy to lose an important card. Users of Microsoft Office 365 have a solution: they can use Outlook to store and create electronic business cards. </span></p>
<p>Here’s how to create and share an electronic business card:</p>
<p><strong>Create an Electronic Business Card</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Open Outlook and select <em>Contacts</em> followed by <em>Home</em>. Click on <em>New Contact</em>.</li>
<li>When the Contact window opens, press<em> Business Card</em> and the <em>Edit Business Card</em> window will open.</li>
<li>You will be able to enter contact information into the relevant areas under the <em>Fields</em> box.</li>
<li>If you want to add an image or change the layout of the business card, press the <em>Layout</em> button located in the right side of the screen.</li>
<li>When you have entered the information, press <em>Ok</em> and the business card will be saved as a <em>.vcf</em> file which is readable by most email clients.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Add an Electronic Business Card to an Email</strong><br />
If you have saved a contact’s information as a business card, you can easily attach the card to an email.</p>
<ol>
<li>In a message select the <em>Contacts </em>pane and search for the business card you would like to attach. When you find it, click it.</li>
<li>Select the <em>Home</em> tab, followed by <em>Forward Contact</em>. A drop-down menu will open, select <em>As a Business Card</em>.</li>
<li>You will see the business card as an attachment in the email.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Add a Business Card as a Signature </strong><br />
You can add a business card to your signature in any email.</p>
<ol>
<li>When you create an email message click Signature and select <em>Add signature</em>.</li>
<li>Select the signature you would like to use, if you have one. If not, press anywhere in the white space below <em>Edit signature</em>.</li>
<li>Click <em>Business Card</em> beside the paragraph alignment buttons in the <em>Edit signature</em> field.</li>
<li>Select the contact name you use and press <em>Ok</em>. Your contact information will show up at the bottom of the email as a downloadable <em>.vcf</em> file.</li>
</ol>
<p>If you’re a user of Office 365 and would like to learn more, or would like more information on Office 365 or other products, please give us a call.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/office-365-saves-you-from-business-cards/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Business Cards and Office 365?</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/business-cards-and-office-365/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/business-cards-and-office-365/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 10 May 2012 15:30:04 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[office 365]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May10_Office 365_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Business Cards]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Electronic Business Cards]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office 365]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Office 365]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VFC]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10766</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Businesses have been using Microsoft Office for years and many users, if polled, would count themselves as experts. Users in their numbers have already adopted Microsoft’s cloud offering, Office 365, as their main office productivity suite. The same features from previous versions are included, not forgetting the option to include electronic business cards in your [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.3161754996981472"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10773" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Office_May10_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Office_May10_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Businesses have been using Microsoft Office for years and many users, if polled, would count themselves as experts. Users in their numbers have already adopted Microsoft’s cloud offering, Office 365, as their main office productivity suite. The same features from previous versions are included, not forgetting the option to include electronic business cards in your emails.</span></p>
<p>Here’s how to create and share an electronic business card:</p>
<p><strong>Create an Electronic Business Card</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Open Outlook and select <em>Contacts</em> followed by <em>Home</em>. Click on <em>New Contact</em>.</li>
<li>When the Contact window opens, press<em> Business Card</em> and the <em>Edit Business Card</em> window will open.</li>
<li>You will be able to enter contact information into the relevant areas under the <em>Fields</em> box.</li>
<li>If you want to add an image or change the layout of the business card, press the <em>Layout</em> button located in the right side of the screen.</li>
<li>When you have entered the information, press <em>Ok</em> and the business card will be saved as a <em>.vcf</em> file which is readable by most email clients.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Add an Electronic Business Card to an Email</strong><br />
If you have saved a contact’s information as a business card, you can easily attach the card to an email.</p>
<ol>
<li>In a message select the <em>Contacts </em>pane and search for the business card you would like to attach. When you find it, click it.</li>
<li>Select the <em>Home</em> tab, followed by <em>Forward Contact</em>. A drop-down menu will open, select <em>As a Business Card</em>.</li>
<li>You will see the business card as an attachment in the email.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Add a Business Card as a Signature </strong><br />
You can add a business card to your signature in any email.</p>
<ol>
<li>When you create an email message click Signature and select <em>Add signature</em>.</li>
<li>Select the signature you would like to use, if you have one. If not, press anywhere in the white space below <em>Edit signature</em>.</li>
<li>Click <em>Business Card</em> beside the paragraph alignment buttons in the <em>Edit signature</em> field.</li>
<li>Select the contact name you use and press <em>Ok</em>. Your contact information will show up at the bottom of the email as a downloadable <em>.vcf</em> file.</li>
</ol>
<p>If you’re a user of Office 365 and would like to learn more, or would like more information on Office 365 or other products, please give us a call.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/business-cards-and-office-365/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Microsoft Streamlines Windows 8</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/microsoft-streamlines-windows-8/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/microsoft-streamlines-windows-8/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 10 May 2012 15:00:08 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows - News & Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May09_Windows_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Win 8]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8 editions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8 versions]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10742</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[One of the most highly anticipated software launches of this year is Microsoft’s new operating system, Windows 8. While the OS is still in the pre-release phase, Microsoft has released a Consumer Preview that gives users a glimpse into the features of the new OS. In mid April, Microsoft announced the different editions that will [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7002509071025997"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10745" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Windows_May09_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Windows_May09_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />One of the most highly anticipated software launches of this year is Microsoft’s new operating system, Windows 8. While the OS is still in the pre-release phase, Microsoft has released a Consumer Preview that gives users a glimpse into the features of the new OS. In mid April, Microsoft announced the different editions that will be available when it’s released. </span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7002509071025997">There are going to be four editions of Windows 8 available at launch:<br />
</span></p>
<ol>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Windows 8. </span>This edition offers all the features the majority of Windows users will need. It will be comparable to Windows 7 Home and Home Premium.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Windows 8 Pro. </span>Pro will have Windows 8 components, but also offers more advanced options that businesses and expert users will appreciate. Some of the extras include encryption, virtualization and PC management. Pro will be most useful in a business environment.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Windows RT. </span>This version of Windows 8 will come pre-installed on mobile devices and tablets with an ARM processor, which is used primarily in mobile technology. Many of Windows 8’s features will be available on RT, although some older Windows applications will not be compatible. If your company uses Windows tablets or smartphones, chances are you’ll use this OS.</li>
<li><strong>Windows 8 Enterprise. </strong>Enterprise is an enhanced version of Windows 8 Pro that will be specifically for businesses with Software Assurance agreements. Noted features include stronger virtualization tools, PC management and deployment, and advanced security. At this time there’s no further information on this version, but it looks like a good choice for IT companies.</li>
</ol>
<p>There’s no official release date for Windows 8 at this time, but it’s expected sometime in the last quarter of this year. If you would like to know more about Windows 8, or any other Microsoft programs please contact us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/microsoft-streamlines-windows-8/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Windows 8 Slims Down Versions</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/windows-8-slims-down-versions/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/windows-8-slims-down-versions/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 10 May 2012 15:00:06 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows - News & Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May09_Windows_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Win 8]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8 editions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8 versions]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10743</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Microsoft is a company that’s well-known for releasing many different versions of the same operating system. With the impending release of Windows 8, they’re aiming to slim down the number offered. There will be a core set of features available across all editions, with each version aimed at different markets. There are going to be [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7002509071025997"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10747" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Windows_May09_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Windows_May09_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Microsoft is a company that’s well-known for releasing many different versions of the same operating system. With the impending release of Windows 8, they’re aiming to slim down the number offered. There will be a core set of features available across all editions, with each version aimed at different markets. </span></p>
<p>There are going to be four editions of Windows 8 available at launch:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Windows 8.</strong> This edition offers all the features the majority of Windows users will need. It will be comparable to Windows 7 Home and Home Premium.</li>
<li><strong>Windows 8 Pro.</strong> Pro will have Windows 8 components, but also offers more advanced options that businesses and expert users will appreciate. Some of the extras include encryption, virtualization and PC management. Pro will be most useful in a business environment.</li>
<li><strong>Windows RT.</strong> This version of Windows 8 will come pre-installed on mobile devices and tablets with an ARM processor, which is used primarily in mobile technology. Many of Windows 8’s features will be available on RT, although some older Windows applications will not be compatible. If your company uses Windows tablets or smartphones, chances are you’ll use this OS.</li>
<li><strong>Windows 8 Enterprise. </strong>Enterprise is an enhanced version of Windows 8 Pro that will be specifically for businesses with Software Assurance agreements. Noted features include stronger virtualization tools, PC management and deployment, and advanced security. At this time there’s no further information on this version, but it looks like a good choice for IT companies.</li>
</ol>
<p>There’s no official release date for Windows 8 at this time, but it’s expected sometime in the last quarter of this year. If you would like to know more about Windows 8, or any other Microsoft programs please contact us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/windows-8-slims-down-versions/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Four Versions of Windows 8</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/the-four-versions-of-windows-8/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/the-four-versions-of-windows-8/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 10 May 2012 15:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows - News & Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May09_Windows_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Win 8]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8 editions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8 versions]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10744</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The most widely used operating system is Microsoft’s Windows. It’s safe to say the OS is dominant in nearly every aspect of business. This year Microsoft is poised to add another system to the lineup with Windows 8. The OS will support a new layout and have many useful features for all users. This April, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7002509071025997"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10749" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Windows_May09_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Windows_May09_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />The most widely used operating system is Microsoft’s Windows. It’s safe to say the OS is dominant in nearly every aspect of business. This year Microsoft is poised to add another system to the lineup with Windows 8. The OS will support a new layout and have many useful features for all users. This April, Microsoft announced which versions of Windows 8 will be available. </span></p>
<p>There are going to be four editions of Windows 8 available at launch:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Windows 8.</strong> This edition offers all the features the majority of Windows users will need. It will be comparable to Windows 7 Home and Home Premium.</li>
<li><strong>Windows 8 Pro.</strong> Pro will have Windows 8 components, but also offers more advanced options that businesses and expert users will appreciate. Some of the extras include encryption, virtualization and PC management. Pro will be most useful in a business environment.</li>
<li><strong>Windows RT.</strong> This version of Windows 8 will come pre-installed on mobile devices and tablets with an ARM processor, which is used primarily in mobile technology. Many of Windows 8’s features will be available on RT, although some older Windows applications will not be compatible. If your company uses Windows tablets or smartphones, chances are you’ll use this OS.</li>
<li><strong>Windows 8 Enterprise. </strong>Enterprise is an enhanced version of Windows 8 Pro that will be specifically for businesses with Software Assurance agreements. Noted features include stronger virtualization tools, PC management and deployment, and advanced security. At this time there’s no further information on this version, but it looks like a good choice for IT companies.</li>
</ol>
<p>There’s no official release date for Windows 8 at this time, but it’s expected sometime in the last quarter of this year. If you would like to know more about Windows 8, or any other Microsoft programs please contact us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/the-four-versions-of-windows-8/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Businesses Not Allowing Social Media</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/businesses-not-allowing-social-media/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/businesses-not-allowing-social-media/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 09 May 2012 15:15:52 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Social Media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May09_SocialMedia_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[advantages of social media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Companies blocking social media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[social media in the office]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10710</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[One issue that’s sparked a large amount of debate is whether or not companies should allow their employees to access social media while at work. One thing&#8217;s for certain, the number of employees who actually use social media on a regular basis is large, and growing. There will come a time when companies that block [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7031034387182444"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10730" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="SocialMedia_May09_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/SocialMedia_May09_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />One issue that’s sparked a large amount of debate is whether or not companies should allow their employees to access social media while at work. One thing&#8217;s for certain, the number of employees who actually use social media on a regular basis is large, and growing. There will come a time when companies that block social media can no longer afford to do so. </span></p>
<p>There are four distinct advantages to allowing social media:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Increased productivity. </strong>There have been a number of studies that have found that judicious use of social media in the workplace will actually increase productivity. A study conducted by the University of Melbourne found that employees with access to social media are 9% more productive than those without.</li>
<li><strong>Increased buy-in.</strong> Employees like to feel trusted and empowered. If they don’t you can expect to experience higher turnover and lower morale. A good way to gain trust is to allow employees to use social media in the workplace. If an employee feels like they are trusted, they’ll be more likely to stay with the company.</li>
<li><strong>Recruiting.</strong> Small businesses have started to use social media for recruitment, but limit efforts to one account. If you have 10 employees in your organization, each with a social media account with 100 friends, you have the potential to reach 1,000 people. This is achievable if employees are allowed to access social media at work and are encouraged to share posts.</li>
<li><strong>Identification of business opportunities.</strong> Through the use of social media, employees in charge of sales and business development can source new clients and build fruitful relationships.</li>
</ul>
<p>There are many advantages to allowing access to social networks at the office. If you‘re hesitant to completely open the social media floodgates, try doing so in short periods, like the final three hours of the working day.</p>
<p>No matter what you decide, allowing access to social media is a good practice for your business. If you would like to learn more about social media and how you can leverage it in your business, we are happy to talk with you.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/businesses-not-allowing-social-media/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Should Companies Block Social Media?</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/should-companies-block-social-media/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/should-companies-block-social-media/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 09 May 2012 15:15:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Social Media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May09_SocialMedia_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[advantages of social media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Companies blocking social media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[social media in the office]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10717</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Social media is one of the most important communication tools of the modern era. Companies use it to connect with customers and like minded individuals, all in the name of building trust in their brand and products. While almost every company has a social media presence, they have been slow to trust employees to use [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7031034387182444"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10724" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="SocialMedia_May09_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/SocialMedia_May09_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Social media is one of the most important communication tools of the modern era. Companies use it to connect with customers and like minded individuals, all in the name of building trust in their brand and products. While almost every company has a social media presence, they have been slow to trust employees to use personal social media at work. On average, 31% of companies block employees from accessing their accounts.</span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7031034387182444">There are four distinct advantages to allowing social media:</span></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Increased productivity. </strong>There have been a number of studies that have found that judicious use of social media in the workplace will actually increase productivity. A study conducted by the University of Melbourne found that employees with access to social media are 9% more productive than those without.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Increased buy-in. </span>Employees like to feel trusted and empowered. If they don’t you can expect to experience higher turnover and lower morale. A good way to gain trust is to allow employees to use social media in the workplace. If an employee feels like they are trusted, they’ll be more likely to stay with the company.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Recruiting. </span>Small businesses have started to use social media for recruitment, but limit efforts to one account. If you have 10 employees in your organization, each with a social media account with 100 friends, you have the potential to reach 1,000 people. This is achievable if employees are allowed to access social media at work and are encouraged to share posts.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Identification of business opportunities. </span>Through the use of social media, employees in charge of sales and business development can source new clients and build fruitful relationships.</li>
</ul>
<p>There are many advantages to allowing access to social networks at the office. If you‘re hesitant to completely open the social media floodgates, try doing so in short periods, like the final three hours of the working day.</p>
<p>No matter what you decide, allowing access to social media is a good practice for your business. If you would like to learn more about social media and how you can leverage it in your business, we are happy to talk with you.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/should-companies-block-social-media/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Social Media = Friend Not Foe</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/social-media-friend-not-foe/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/social-media-friend-not-foe/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 09 May 2012 15:15:15 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Social Media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May09_SocialMedia_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[advantages of social media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Companies blocking social media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[social media in the office]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10709</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[There’s no doubt in the value of using social media to build your brand. But opinions differ in the use of social media by employees. It seems that companies are polarized in the issue, but are being slowly awakened to the fact that allowing employees to access social media at work has great benefits. Do [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7031034387182444"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10727" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="SocialMedia_May09_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/SocialMedia_May09_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />There’s no doubt in the value of using social media to build your brand. But opinions differ in the use of social media by employees. It seems that companies are polarized in the issue, but are being slowly awakened to the fact that allowing employees to access social media at work has great benefits. Do you allow employees to access social media in your office?</span></p>
<p>There are four distinct advantages to allowing social media:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Increased productivity. </strong>There have been a number of studies that have found that judicious use of social media in the workplace will actually increase productivity. A study conducted by the University of Melbourne found that employees with access to social media are 9% more productive than those without.</li>
<li><strong>Increased buy-in.</strong> Employees like to feel trusted and empowered. If they don’t you can expect to experience higher turnover and lower morale. A good way to gain trust is to allow employees to use social media in the workplace. If an employee feels like they are trusted, they’ll be more likely to stay with the company.</li>
<li><strong>Recruiting.</strong> Small businesses have started to use social media for recruitment, but limit efforts to one account. If you have 10 employees in your organization, each with a social media account with 100 friends, you have the potential to reach 1,000 people. This is achievable if employees are allowed to access social media at work and are encouraged to share posts.</li>
<li><strong>Identification of business opportunities.</strong> Through the use of social media, employees in charge of sales and business development can source new clients and build fruitful relationships.</li>
</ul>
<p>There are many advantages to allowing access to social networks at the office. If you‘re hesitant to completely open the social media floodgates, try doing so in short periods, like the final three hours of the working day.</p>
<p>No matter what you decide, allowing access to social media is a good practice for your business. If you would like to learn more about social media and how you can leverage it in your business, we are happy to talk with you.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/social-media-friend-not-foe/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>ERP Revealed: Terms You Need to Know</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/erp-revealed-terms-you-need-to-know/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/erp-revealed-terms-you-need-to-know/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 09 May 2012 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Dynamics – General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May09_MicrosoftDynamics_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CRM]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ERP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ERP and CRM Acronyms]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[microsoft dynamics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Dynamics ERP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10708</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Every industry has their jargon. Acronyms can be confusing, and common terms can take on entirely different meanings when you venture outside your field. When it comes to evaluating ERP or CRM software, you’ll be well equipped with the following primer. Start with the basics ERP. Enterprise Resource Planning is a software system that manages [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.9981092938687652"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10712" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="MicrosoftDynamics_May09_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/MicrosoftDynamics_May09_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Every industry has their jargon. Acronyms can be confusing, and common terms can take on entirely different meanings when you venture outside your field. When it comes to evaluating ERP or CRM software, you’ll be well equipped with the following primer.</span></p>
<p><strong>Start with the basics</strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong>ERP. </strong>Enterprise Resource Planning is a software system that manages the transactions and flow of data between all the business functions in an organization, including: financial management, human resources, manufacturing, supply chain management and project accounting.</p>
<p><strong>CRM. </strong>Customer Relationship Management is a software system that manages the flow of data for a business’s sales, marketing and customer service functions.</p>
<p><strong>XRM. </strong>A term used to describe the functionality of CRM to manage more than customer activity. XRM can be used to manage the flow of data for any definable entity. For example, XRM could be used to track and schedule the use of company equipment.</p>
<p><strong>LOB. </strong>Line of Business applications are software systems that deliver functionality for a specific industry business requirement. LOB applications are often integrated with the ERP system, for example: an engineering firm uses a computer aided drawing application to calculate material requirements, which are then integrated into ERP for costing.</p>
<p><strong>BI. </strong>Business Intelligence is the reporting of data from the ERP, CRM and LOB applications in a form that is useful to business decisions makers. BI applications can include dashboards and reports as well as charting and analysis tools.</p>
<p><strong>Add-on Products. </strong>Most ERP applications manage the high level functionality that most organizations need, and depend on an ecosystem of development partners (see ISVs below) to create applications that manage special requirements. For example, an ISV might develop a warehouse management system specifically built for the beverage industry.</p>
<p><strong>Service Providers</strong></p>
<p><strong>VAR. </strong>Value Added Resellers are professional service companies that specialize in the installation, configuration and training services supporting the implementation of ERP, LOB and CRM systems.</p>
<p><strong>ISV. </strong>Independent Software Vendors are application development companies that create software to address specific industry or niche market requirements.</p>
<p><strong>SI. </strong>System Integrators are professional services companies that help businesses integrate all of the systems in their organizations for a more holistic approach. SIs often have the capability to create custom applications that will integrate into enterprise ERP systems.</p>
<p><strong>Partner. </strong>Includes VARs, ISVs, SIs and other service organizations that support a software vendor’s products. For example, Microsoft partners are members of the Microsoft Partner Network (MPN). The MPN program provides training and certification to their network of 640,000 partners.</p>
<p><strong>MSP. </strong>Managed Service Providers are professional service companies that provide outsourced management of technical services for organizations. For example, an MSP may remotely manage a company’s in-house computer servers.</p>
<p>Next week, we’ll define common technical terms, including the latest “cloud” jargon.  If you would like a deeper understanding of any of these terms, give us a call. Let’s talk about what ERP or CRM could mean for your business.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/erp-revealed-terms-you-need-to-know/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Google Makes Science Fiction a Reality</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google-makes-science-fiction-a-reality/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google-makes-science-fiction-a-reality/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 07 May 2012 15:15:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Cloud – Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet – Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_GoogleApps_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Augmented Reality]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Glass]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google[X]]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10688</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Google is a company well known for their innovative online products. Their first foray into the physical world with Android has been met with wild success. Google has now introduced the next evolution in physical products that combine all of Google’s services into one system that you can take and interact with anywhere. On April [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.641720853978768"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10696" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="GoogleApps_May04_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/GoogleApps_May04_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Google is a company well known for their innovative online products. Their first foray into the physical world with Android has been met with wild success. Google has now introduced the next evolution in physical products that combine all of Google’s services into one system that you can take and interact with anywhere. </span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.641720853978768">On April 4, 2012 Google revealed a project called Google Glass, their take on augmented reality glasses, through a video on YouTube. This announcement was made by a team that’s part of the Google[x] lab. Google[x] is an almost covert division, focused on developing technology for the future.</span></p>
<p>It looks like the glasses will take the main functions of your smartphone &#8211; Call, Social Media, Pictures, Day-Planner and GPS &#8211; and display them on a glass lens that covers your right eye. Think of a pair of glasses missing the left lens, and you’ll get the picture. This seems like something right out of sci-fi movies from the 80s, but numerous sources, including some from Google, have stated that the first version will be released sometime in the next couple of years.</p>
<p>Undoubtedly the glasses will run on a new version of Android, and from the video one can determine that they will use a hybrid of voice and vision to operate. Most of the functionality of your smartphone will be on the lens. Want to know what the weather will be like for the rest of the day? Look up and the lens will present with the temperature and forecast. The video also showed the wearer come across some graffiti he thought was cool, and with his voice he instructed the taking of a picture to be shared with his circles on Google+.</p>
<p>What does this mean for businesses? As the glasses are still in development it’s hard to say conclusively, but businesses who already have a Google + or Google Places profile will benefit as it appears both services are heavily integrated with the platform. The possibilities on how companies could use this technology are endless. We’ve all seen movies with characters using a similar technology and now Google is bringing it one step closer to reality.</p>
<p>If you’re as interested in Google Glass as we are, or have questions regarding Google’s other products please don’t hesitate to contact us. We’ll be more than happy to talk with you.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google-makes-science-fiction-a-reality/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Google: Through the Looking Glass</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google-through-the-looking-glass/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google-through-the-looking-glass/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 07 May 2012 15:15:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Cloud – Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet – Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_GoogleApps_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Augmented Reality]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Glass]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google[X]]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10687</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Sci-fi has a weird habit of becoming reality. Google has been doing their part to help make fantasy very real, and recently announced a new project focused on integrating the usefulness of the smartphone with the functionality of glasses. This could very well be the next big evolution in the way we communicate and interact [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.641720853978768"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10694" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="GoogleApps_May04_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/GoogleApps_May04_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Sci-fi has a weird habit of becoming reality. Google has been doing their part to help make fantasy very real, and recently announced a new project focused on integrating the usefulness of the smartphone with the functionality of glasses. This could very well be the next big evolution in the way we communicate and interact with our surroundings. </span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.641720853978768">On April 4, 2012 Google revealed a project called Google Glass, their take on augmented reality glasses, through a video on YouTube. This announcement was made by a team that’s part of the Google[x] lab. Google[x] is an almost covert division, focused on developing technology for the future.</span></p>
<p>It looks like the glasses will take the main functions of your smartphone &#8211; Call, Social Media, Pictures, Day-Planner and GPS &#8211; and display them on a glass lens that covers your right eye. Think of a pair of glasses missing the left lens, and you’ll get the picture. This seems like something right out of sci-fi movies from the 80s, but numerous sources, including some from Google, have stated that the first version will be released sometime in the next couple of years.</p>
<p>Undoubtedly the glasses will run on a new version of Android, and from the video one can determine that they will use a hybrid of voice and vision to operate. Most of the functionality of your smartphone will be on the lens. Want to know what the weather will be like for the rest of the day? Look up and the lens will present with the temperature and forecast. The video also showed the wearer come across some graffiti he thought was cool, and with his voice he instructed the taking of a picture to be shared with his circles on Google+.</p>
<p>What does this mean for businesses? As the glasses are still in development it’s hard to say conclusively, but businesses who already have a Google + or Google Places profile will benefit as it appears both services are heavily integrated with the platform. The possibilities on how companies could use this technology are endless. We’ve all seen movies with characters using a similar technology and now Google is bringing it one step closer to reality.</p>
<p>If you’re as interested in Google Glass as we are, or have questions regarding Google’s other products please don’t hesitate to contact us. We’ll be more than happy to talk with you.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google-through-the-looking-glass/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Google’s Next Project: Augmented Reality</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google%e2%80%99s-next-project-augmented-reality/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google%e2%80%99s-next-project-augmented-reality/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 07 May 2012 15:15:16 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet – Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_GoogleApps_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Augmented Reality]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Glass]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google[X]]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10686</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Want to know the temperature outside, or how to get to the nearest gas station? To answer these questions you probably use your smartphone. This suits the majority of us just fine, but there are times when it’s a hassle, during a meeting for example. Google has announced a project that aims to take your [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.641720853978768"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10692" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="GoogleApps_May04_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/GoogleApps_May04_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Want to know the temperature outside, or how to get to the nearest gas station? To answer these questions you probably use your smartphone. This suits the majority of us just fine, but there are times when it’s a hassle, during a meeting for example. Google has announced a project that aims to take your smartphone and put it in front of you, literally. </span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.641720853978768">On April 4, 2012 Google revealed a project called Google Glass, their take on augmented reality glasses, through a video on YouTube. This announcement was made by a team that’s part of the Google[x] lab. Google[x] is an almost covert division, focused on developing technology for the future.</span></p>
<p>It looks like the glasses will take the main functions of your smartphone &#8211; Call, Social Media, Pictures, Day-Planner and GPS &#8211; and display them on a glass lens that covers your right eye. Think of a pair of glasses missing the left lens, and you’ll get the picture. This seems like something right out of sci-fi movies from the 80s, but numerous sources, including some from Google, have stated that the first version will be released sometime in the next couple of years.</p>
<p>Undoubtedly the glasses will run on a new version of Android, and from the video one can determine that they will use a hybrid of voice and vision to operate. Most of the functionality of your smartphone will be on the lens. Want to know what the weather will be like for the rest of the day? Look up and the lens will present with the temperature and forecast. The video also showed the wearer come across some graffiti he thought was cool, and with his voice he instructed the taking of a picture to be shared with his circles on Google+.</p>
<p>What does this mean for businesses? As the glasses are still in development it’s hard to say conclusively, but businesses who already have a Google + or Google Places profile will benefit as it appears both services are heavily integrated with the platform. The possibilities on how companies could use this technology are endless. We’ve all seen movies with characters using a similar technology and now Google is bringing it one step closer to reality.</p>
<p>If you’re as interested in Google Glass as we are, or have questions regarding Google’s other products please don’t hesitate to contact us. We’ll be more than happy to talk with you.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google%e2%80%99s-next-project-augmented-reality/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Are Your Calendars On Your iPhone?</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/are-your-calendars-on-your-iphone/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/are-your-calendars-on-your-iphone/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 07 May 2012 15:00:54 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Phone – iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_iPhone_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Apple iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iCal]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iOS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sync calendars]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sync with Gmail]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sync with Outlook]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10665</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The iPhone has quickly become one of the most popular smartphones on the market. When Apple launches a new version, fans line up for blocks to get their hands on it. What makes it so desirable? Well it’s easy to use and has powerful apps that users have come to rely on. Some would say [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.4175108466297388"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10671" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="iPhone_May04_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/iPhone_May04_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />The iPhone has quickly become one of the most popular smartphones on the market. When Apple launches a new version, fans line up for blocks to get their hands on it. What makes it so desirable? Well it’s easy to use and has powerful apps that users have come to rely on. Some would say the iPhone has even gone so far as to replace desktop calendars for many people. </span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.4175108466297388">The three most popular calendar programs are Outlook Calendar, Google Calendar and iCal. Here are the steps you can take to sync your different calendars with the iPhone. These calendars will all be viewable using the Calendar App on your iPhone.</span></p>
<p><strong>Sync with Outlook </strong><br />
Microsoft Outlook is the most popular email program in use, making the accompanying calendar just as prevalent. To sync your Outlook calendar with your iPhone:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open Outlook
<ol>
<li>Click <em>Tools</em> and select <em>Trust Centre</em>.</li>
<li>Click <em>Add-ins</em>, followed by <em>Details</em>.</li>
<li>Select<em> iTunes Add-in</em>, followed by <em>Manage</em>.</li>
<li>Select <em>Com Add-ins</em>, Go and finally <em>iTunes sync add-in</em>.</li>
<li>Click <em>Ok</em>.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Plug your iPhone into your computer using the USB cable. iTunes should open automatically.</li>
<li>In iTunes, select your iPhone. It will be located in the left hand bar, under devices.</li>
<li>Navigate to the <em>Info</em> tab and check <em>Sync calendars with</em>.</li>
<li>Choose <em>Outlook</em>. You’ll be able to select which Outlook calendars you want to view using your iPhone.</li>
<li>Press <em>Sync</em>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Sync with Google Calendar </strong><br />
If you use Google Calendar, syncing with the iPhone takes a few more steps, but it’s still fairly straightforward.</p>
<ol>
<li>On your iPhone select <em>Settings</em> followed by <em>Mail, Contacts, Calendars</em>.</li>
<li>Press <em>Add Account</em>.</li>
<li>Select <em>Microsoft Exchange</em>. Note: Devices running iOS 4.0 can sync with more than one Exchange account. If you’re using a version that’s earlier than 4.0 you’ll only be able to sync with one Exchange account.</li>
<li>In the <em>Email</em> and <em>Username</em> fields, enter your full email address e.g., name@gmail.com. If you use a @googlemail.com account you’ll most likely get an Unable to Verify Certificate error message. If you do, press <em>Cancel</em> when the error message is displayed.</li>
<li>In the <em>Password </em>field enter the password you use to log into your Gmail account.</li>
<li>When you have entered the information, press <em>Next</em> in the top right of your screen.</li>
<li>In the <em>Server </em>field enter “m.google.com” (without the quotations).</li>
<li>Tap <em>Next</em>.</li>
<li>Select Calendar if you only want to sync with your calendar. If your company uses Google Calendar to setup meetings, you’ll also need to turn on Mail.</li>
</ol>
<p>The calendar should sync automatically and show up on your iPhone within a few minutes.</p>
<p><strong>Sync with iCal</strong><br />
If you use iCal you can sync with your iPhone by:</p>
<ol>
<li>Plugging your iPhone into the computer using the USB cable. iTunes should open automatically.</li>
<li>Select your iPhone. It will be located in the left hand bar, under <em>devices</em>.</li>
<li>Click the <em>Info</em> tab, followed by <em>Sync iCal Calendars</em>. You’ll be able to choose what calendars you would like your iPhone to sync with.</li>
<li>Press <em>Sync</em>.</li>
</ol>
<p>No matter which calendar app you use, you can view it on your iPhone. There’s no need to carry around a day planner or appointment book with you anymore, just carry your phone. If you would like to know more about how to capitalize on the features of the iPhone we’re only a call away.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/are-your-calendars-on-your-iphone/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Your Calendars Synced With Your iPhone</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/your-calendars-synced-with-your-iphone/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/your-calendars-synced-with-your-iphone/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 07 May 2012 15:00:53 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Phone – iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_iPhone_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Apple iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iCal]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iOS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sync calendars]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sync with Gmail]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sync with Outlook]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10667</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[When we try to think of useful business applications we can normally come up with a long list, but one of the most underappreciated apps is the calendar. Managers and employees alike rely on the calendar to see what needs to be done and by when. One thing we’d like to do is to view [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.4175108466297388"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10674" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="iPhone_May04_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/iPhone_May04_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />When we try to think of useful business applications we can normally come up with a long list, but one of the most underappreciated apps is the calendar. Managers and employees alike rely on the calendar to see what needs to be done and by when. One thing we’d like to do is to view all our calendars on our smartphone. On the iPhone you can do just that. </span></p>
<p>The three most popular calendar programs are Outlook Calendar, Google Calendar and iCal. Here are the steps you can take to sync your different calendars with the iPhone. These calendars will all be viewable using the Calendar App on your iPhone.</p>
<p><strong>Sync with Outlook </strong><br />
Microsoft Outlook is the most popular email program in use, making the accompanying calendar just as prevalent. To sync your Outlook calendar with your iPhone:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open Outlook
<ol>
<li>Click <em>Tools</em> and select <em>Trust Centre</em>.</li>
<li>Click <em>Add-ins</em>, followed by <em>Details</em>.</li>
<li>Select<em> iTunes Add-in</em>, followed by <em>Manage</em>.</li>
<li>Select <em>Com Add-ins</em>, Go and finally <em>iTunes sync add-in</em>.</li>
<li>Click <em>Ok</em>.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Plug your iPhone into your computer using the USB cable. iTunes should open automatically.</li>
<li>In iTunes, select your iPhone. It will be located in the left hand bar, under devices.</li>
<li>Navigate to the <em>Info</em> tab and check <em>Sync calendars with</em>.</li>
<li>Choose <em>Outlook</em>. You’ll be able to select which Outlook calendars you want to view using your iPhone.</li>
<li>Press <em>Sync</em>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Sync with Google Calendar </strong><br />
If you use Google Calendar, syncing with the iPhone takes a few more steps, but it’s still fairly straightforward.</p>
<ol>
<li>On your iPhone select <em>Settings</em> followed by <em>Mail, Contacts, Calendars</em>.</li>
<li>Press <em>Add Account</em>.</li>
<li>Select <em>Microsoft Exchange</em>. Note: Devices running iOS 4.0 can sync with more than one Exchange account. If you’re using a version that’s earlier than 4.0 you’ll only be able to sync with one Exchange account.</li>
<li>In the <em>Email</em> and <em>Username</em> fields, enter your full email address e.g., name@gmail.com. If you use a @googlemail.com account you’ll most likely get an Unable to Verify Certificate error message. If you do, press <em>Cancel</em> when the error message is displayed.</li>
<li>In the <em>Password </em>field enter the password you use to log into your Gmail account.</li>
<li>When you have entered the information, press <em>Next</em> in the top right of your screen.</li>
<li>In the <em>Server </em>field enter “m.google.com” (without the quotations).</li>
<li>Tap <em>Next</em>.</li>
<li>Select Calendar if you only want to sync with your calendar. If your company uses Google Calendar to setup meetings, you’ll also need to turn on Mail.</li>
</ol>
<p>The calendar should sync automatically and show up on your iPhone within a few minutes.</p>
<p><strong>Sync with iCal</strong><br />
If you use iCal you can sync with your iPhone by:</p>
<ol>
<li>Plugging your iPhone into the computer using the USB cable. iTunes should open automatically.</li>
<li>Select your iPhone. It will be located in the left hand bar, under <em>devices</em>.</li>
<li>Click the <em>Info</em> tab, followed by <em>Sync iCal Calendars</em>. You’ll be able to choose what calendars you would like your iPhone to sync with.</li>
<li>Press <em>Sync</em>.</li>
</ol>
<p>No matter which calendar app you use, you can view it on your iPhone. There’s no need to carry around a day planner or appointment book with you anymore, just carry your phone. If you would like to know more about how to capitalize on the features of the iPhone we’re only a call away.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/your-calendars-synced-with-your-iphone/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Calendars, More Useful Than Angry Birds</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/calendars-more-useful-than-angry-birds/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/calendars-more-useful-than-angry-birds/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 07 May 2012 15:00:53 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Phone – iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_iPhone_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Apple iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iCal]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iOS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sync calendars]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sync with Gmail]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sync with Outlook]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10666</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Calendars. Businesses have been using them to establish deadlines, meetings and events for as long as we can remember. Having moved from paper to the computer, calendars have become an integral app on smartphones. On our phones, we want to view all our calendars from one platform, and with the iPhone you can do just [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.4175108466297388"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10673" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="iPhone_May04_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/iPhone_May04_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Calendars. Businesses have been using them to establish deadlines, meetings and events for as long as we can remember. Having moved from paper to the computer, calendars have become an integral app on smartphones. On our phones, we want to view all our calendars from one platform, and with the iPhone you can do just that. </span></p>
<p>The three most popular calendar programs are Outlook Calendar, Google Calendar and iCal. Here are the steps you can take to sync your different calendars with the iPhone. These calendars will all be viewable using the Calendar App on your iPhone.</p>
<p><strong>Sync with Outlook </strong><br />
Microsoft Outlook is the most popular email program in use, making the accompanying calendar just as prevalent. To sync your Outlook calendar with your iPhone:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open Outlook
<ol>
<li>Click <em>Tools</em> and select <em>Trust Centre</em>.</li>
<li>Click <em>Add-ins</em>, followed by <em>Details</em>.</li>
<li>Select<em> iTunes Add-in</em>, followed by <em>Manage</em>.</li>
<li>Select <em>Com Add-ins</em>, Go and finally <em>iTunes sync add-in</em>.</li>
<li>Click <em>Ok</em>.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Plug your iPhone into your computer using the USB cable. iTunes should open automatically.</li>
<li>In iTunes, select your iPhone. It will be located in the left hand bar, under devices.</li>
<li>Navigate to the <em>Info</em> tab and check <em>Sync calendars with</em>.</li>
<li>Choose <em>Outlook</em>. You’ll be able to select which Outlook calendars you want to view using your iPhone.</li>
<li>Press <em>Sync</em>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Sync with Google Calendar </strong><br />
If you use Google Calendar, syncing with the iPhone takes a few more steps, but it’s still fairly straightforward.</p>
<ol>
<li>On your iPhone select <em>Settings</em> followed by <em>Mail, Contacts, Calendars</em>.</li>
<li>Press <em>Add Account</em>.</li>
<li>Select <em>Microsoft Exchange</em>. Note: Devices running iOS 4.0 can sync with more than one Exchange account. If you’re using a version that’s earlier than 4.0 you’ll only be able to sync with one Exchange account.</li>
<li>In the <em>Email</em> and <em>Username</em> fields, enter your full email address e.g., name@gmail.com. If you use a @googlemail.com account you’ll most likely get an Unable to Verify Certificate error message. If you do, press <em>Cancel</em> when the error message is displayed.</li>
<li>In the <em>Password </em>field enter the password you use to log into your Gmail account.</li>
<li>When you have entered the information, press <em>Next</em> in the top right of your screen.</li>
<li>In the <em>Server </em>field enter “m.google.com” (without the quotations).</li>
<li>Tap <em>Next</em>.</li>
<li>Select Calendar if you only want to sync with your calendar. If your company uses Google Calendar to setup meetings, you’ll also need to turn on Mail.</li>
</ol>
<p>The calendar should sync automatically and show up on your iPhone within a few minutes.</p>
<p><strong>Sync with iCal</strong><br />
If you use iCal you can sync with your iPhone by:</p>
<ol>
<li>Plugging your iPhone into the computer using the USB cable. iTunes should open automatically.</li>
<li>Select your iPhone. It will be located in the left hand bar, under <em>devices</em>.</li>
<li>Click the <em>Info</em> tab, followed by <em>Sync iCal Calendars</em>. You’ll be able to choose what calendars you would like your iPhone to sync with.</li>
<li>Press <em>Sync</em>.</li>
</ol>
<p>No matter which calendar app you use, you can view it on your iPhone. There’s no need to carry around a day planner or appointment book with you anymore, just carry your phone. If you would like to know more about how to capitalize on the features of the iPhone we’re only a call away.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/calendars-more-useful-than-angry-birds/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Connect Silos of Information</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/connect-silos-of-information/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/connect-silos-of-information/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 05 May 2012 15:15:16 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Dynamics – General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_MicrosoftDynamics_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CRM]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Departmental Silos]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ERM]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[microsoft dynamics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10658</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Customers have high expectations and they’re getting higher all the time. They expect quick responses and accurate answers. Whether chatting online, sending an email, or calling you on your phone, customers don’t expect to wait, or to get passed on to someone else. It’s not easy to meet those expectations if your employees have to [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.30081802420318127"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10659" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="MicrosoftDynamics_May04_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/MicrosoftDynamics_May04_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Customers have high expectations and they’re getting higher all the time. They expect quick responses and accurate answers. Whether chatting online, sending an email, or calling you on your phone, customers don’t expect to wait, or to get passed on to someone else. It’s not easy to meet those expectations if your employees have to go to more than one place to find the information or documents they need to answer queries.</span></p>
<p><strong>Connect Departmental Silos</strong><br />
If your organization has silos of sales, service, operations and accounting data, it’s time to connect those systems. A fully integrated system with shared data will:</p>
<ul>
<li>Allow salespeople to see where orders are in the fulfillment process</li>
<li>Let customer service reps know where the item is in the supply chain</li>
<li>Help accounting bill service tickets more quickly</li>
<li>Provide access to actual in-stock inventory and price information</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Sales and Service Teams Can Add Value</strong><br />
In addition to added customer service, your sales and service teams can build sales with connected systems. With instant access to information across the organization, they can cross sell and upsell to build order value:</p>
<ul>
<li>“Model 365 is in stock and priced at $45. However, Model 367 with the automatic turn-off is only $50. That’s quite a deal.”</li>
<li>“We just received a shipment of gilded cases for that violin. That makes a beautiful set.”</li>
<li>“The technician is on his way out to fix the printer.  We are having a sale on cartridges, would you like him to bring you out your usual order?”</li>
</ul>
<p>With connected information, customer satisfaction and the opportunity to enhance order value go hand in hand. Is it time to break down the silos of information in your organization? Microsoft Dynamics ERP and CRM solutions are built to work together for unified business management. Let’s talk.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/connect-silos-of-information/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Efficient Collaboration in Six Steps</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/efficient-collaboration-in-six-steps/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/efficient-collaboration-in-six-steps/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 05 May 2012 15:00:51 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Business Value - ROI, Why MSP Services Matter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_BusinessValue_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Business Value]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Collaboration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Improve collaboration in the office]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Teamwork]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ways to collaborate]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10639</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Collaboration isn’t a new concept. Managers and employees have been working together towards a common goal for as long as we can remember. With the heavy integration of modern technology, businesses have been taking advantage of all the various virtual options available. However, problems arise when it’s time to work together, as employees can sometimes [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.5880690908525139"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10645" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="BusinessValue_May04_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/BusinessValue_May04_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Collaboration isn’t a new concept. Managers and employees have been working together towards a common goal for as long as we can remember. With the heavy integration of modern technology, businesses have been taking advantage of all the various virtual options available. However, problems arise when it’s time to work together, as employees can sometimes find it tough to do so. </span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.5880690908525139">Here are seven tips on how to improve collaboration within the office environment.</span></p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Open communication.</strong> One of the keys to successful teams is the adoption and encouragement of an open communication culture. With this, teams are better able to grasp what’s going on within the company, and be more efficient contributors and team players.</li>
<li><strong>Use the right technology.</strong> It seems like there are a million different software and technology options out there. Some of the tools available offer some fantastic features and it’s easy to get sucked in by a flashy component. It’s important that when choosing a tool you pick one that meets your company’s needs and is easy to use.</li>
<li><strong>Collaboration tools must play well with others.</strong> It’s beneficial to select systems that can be seamlessly integrated with other tools and software used by your employees. If your solutions don’t work together, all parties won’t be able to work together.</li>
<li><strong>Employee learning is key.</strong> When you find the perfect tool to use, be careful to take time and learn how to effectively use it. Training for the users of the tool is equally important.</li>
<li><strong>Work hard, play harder.</strong> Teams and departments should step away from their computers and actually have face-to-face meetings at least once a week. These meetings should be a mixture of formal and informal, and offer employees a chance to come together as a team, unwind and share ideas. A team that can interact well will always work together with greater efficiency.</li>
<li><strong>Mobilize.</strong> The smartphone is here to stay and with each passing year the number of users grows exponentially. It’s beneficial to encourage the use of these devices, and look for mobile solutions that allow users to be a part of the group while out of the office. If you do allow mobile devices, be sure to establish a clear usage policy so employees know how and when they should be using their phones.</li>
<li><strong>Don’t just focus on internal collaboration.</strong> One of the most common mistakes companies make is that they focus on group participation within the business, but don’t provide adequate support for external interactions. Be sure you integrate tools that provide stakeholders with a way to connect and work with teams within the company.</li>
</ol>
<p>With a team that interacts effectively you’ll see happier employees and higher profits: a win-win situation. If you have any questions regarding collaboration tools, or other ways to increase business value please don’t hesitate to contact us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/efficient-collaboration-in-six-steps/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Together: Harder/Better/Faster/Stronger</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/together-harderbetterfasterstronger/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/together-harderbetterfasterstronger/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 05 May 2012 15:00:49 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Business Value - ROI, Why MSP Services Matter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_BusinessValue_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Business Value]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Collaboration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Improve collaboration in the office]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Teamwork]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ways to collaborate]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10641</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Collaboration is all around us. We see it on a daily basis in both our personal and professional lives. At work we cooperate with colleagues, managers, suppliers, customers and almost everyone we come in contact with at the office. It’s become so important that if businesses have employees who don’t mesh, their chances of success [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.5880690908525139"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10648" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="BusinessValue_May04_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/BusinessValue_May04_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Collaboration is all around us. We see it on a daily basis in both our personal and professional lives. At work we cooperate with colleagues, managers, suppliers, customers and almost everyone we come in contact with at the office. It’s become so important that if businesses have employees who don’t mesh, their chances of success are almost non-existent. </span></p>
<p>Here are seven tips on how to improve collaboration within the office environment.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Open communication.</strong> One of the keys to successful teams is the adoption and encouragement of an open communication culture. With this, teams are better able to grasp what’s going on within the company, and be more efficient contributors and team players.</li>
<li><strong>Use the right technology.</strong> It seems like there are a million different software and technology options out there. Some of the tools available offer some fantastic features and it’s easy to get sucked in by a flashy component. It’s important that when choosing a tool you pick one that meets your company’s needs and is easy to use.</li>
<li><strong>Collaboration tools must play well with others.</strong> It’s beneficial to select systems that can be seamlessly integrated with other tools and software used by your employees. If your solutions don’t work together, all parties won’t be able to work together.</li>
<li><strong>Employee learning is key.</strong> When you find the perfect tool to use, be careful to take time and learn how to effectively use it. Training for the users of the tool is equally important.</li>
<li><strong>Work hard, play harder.</strong> Teams and departments should step away from their computers and actually have face-to-face meetings at least once a week. These meetings should be a mixture of formal and informal, and offer employees a chance to come together as a team, unwind and share ideas. A team that can interact well will always work together with greater efficiency.</li>
<li><strong>Mobilize.</strong> The smartphone is here to stay and with each passing year the number of users grows exponentially. It’s beneficial to encourage the use of these devices, and look for mobile solutions that allow users to be a part of the group while out of the office. If you do allow mobile devices, be sure to establish a clear usage policy so employees know how and when they should be using their phones.</li>
<li><strong>Don’t just focus on internal collaboration.</strong> One of the most common mistakes companies make is that they focus on group participation within the business, but don’t provide adequate support for external interactions. Be sure you integrate tools that provide stakeholders with a way to connect and work with teams within the company.</li>
</ol>
<p>With a team that interacts effectively you’ll see happier employees and higher profits: a win-win situation. If you have any questions regarding collaboration tools, or other ways to increase business value please don’t hesitate to contact us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/together-harderbetterfasterstronger/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Six Steps to Efficient Collaboration</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/six-steps-to-efficient-collaboration/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/six-steps-to-efficient-collaboration/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 05 May 2012 15:00:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Business Value - ROI, Why MSP Services Matter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_BusinessValue_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Business Value]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Collaboration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Improve collaboration in the office]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Teamwork]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ways to collaborate]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10640</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[With the explosion of technological devices in recent years, companies have been given a golden opportunity to foster a more collaborative environment. This has not been lost on business owners, who have adopted tools that work best with a joint effort en masse. There’s a drawback to this however, many teams simply don’t gel well [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.5880690908525139"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10646" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="BusinessValue_May04_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/BusinessValue_May04_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />With the explosion of technological devices in recent years, companies have been given a golden opportunity to foster a more collaborative environment. This has not been lost on business owners, who have adopted tools that work best with a joint effort en masse. There’s a drawback to this however, many teams simply don’t gel well in the first place, and this makes the tools redundant. </span></p>
<p>Here are seven tips on how to improve collaboration within the office environment.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Open communication.</strong> One of the keys to successful teams is the adoption and encouragement of an open communication culture. With this, teams are better able to grasp what’s going on within the company, and be more efficient contributors and team players.</li>
<li><strong>Use the right technology.</strong> It seems like there are a million different software and technology options out there. Some of the tools available offer some fantastic features and it’s easy to get sucked in by a flashy component. It’s important that when choosing a tool you pick one that meets your company’s needs and is easy to use.</li>
<li><strong>Collaboration tools must play well with others.</strong> It’s beneficial to select systems that can be seamlessly integrated with other tools and software used by your employees. If your solutions don’t work together, all parties won’t be able to work together.</li>
<li><strong>Employee learning is key.</strong> When you find the perfect tool to use, be careful to take time and learn how to effectively use it. Training for the users of the tool is equally important.</li>
<li><strong>Work hard, play harder.</strong> Teams and departments should step away from their computers and actually have face-to-face meetings at least once a week. These meetings should be a mixture of formal and informal, and offer employees a chance to come together as a team, unwind and share ideas. A team that can interact well will always work together with greater efficiency.</li>
<li><strong>Mobilize.</strong> The smartphone is here to stay and with each passing year the number of users grows exponentially. It’s beneficial to encourage the use of these devices, and look for mobile solutions that allow users to be a part of the group while out of the office. If you do allow mobile devices, be sure to establish a clear usage policy so employees know how and when they should be using their phones.</li>
<li><strong>Don’t just focus on internal collaboration.</strong> One of the most common mistakes companies make is that they focus on group participation within the business, but don’t provide adequate support for external interactions. Be sure you integrate tools that provide stakeholders with a way to connect and work with teams within the company.</li>
</ol>
<p>With a team that interacts effectively you’ll see happier employees and higher profits: a win-win situation. If you have any questions regarding collaboration tools, or other ways to increase business value please don’t hesitate to contact us.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/six-steps-to-efficient-collaboration/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>OS X Trojan Takes Users Unawares</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/os-x-trojan-takes-users-unawares/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/os-x-trojan-takes-users-unawares/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 04 May 2012 15:30:41 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security – News and General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_Security_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[F-Secure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Flashback Trojan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mac]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remove Trojan from Mac]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Script]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[trojan]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10622</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Macs running OS X are often touted as the most secure machines. While OS X is definitely more secure than other operating systems, it may not be as secure as owners think. A new trojan that takes advantage of a security flaw in OS X has been discovered, and it’s a doozy. This has the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.35301517974585295"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10630" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Security_May04_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Security_May04_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Macs running OS X are often touted as the most secure machines. While OS X is definitely more secure than other operating systems, it may not be as secure as owners think. A new trojan that takes advantage of a security flaw in OS X has been discovered, and it’s a doozy. This has the potential to be a security nightmare. </span></p>
<p>If you mention “OS X” and “virus” in the same sentence, you’ll get some weird looks from Mac users. Traditionally viruses and trojans on OS X were near non-existent, but there’s a Mac specific trojan, codenamed Flashback, that has affected more than 600,000 computers. This is big news as it shows that machines running OS X may not be as secure as first thought.</p>
<p>Many Mac owners are unsure of what exactly the Flashback trojan is, what it does and how to ensure they’re not infected. We’re here to help clarify the situation.</p>
<p><strong>What is a Trojan and What Does Flashback Do? </strong><br />
In general terms, a trojan is a piece of malicious software that infects a computer and gives control of part, or the whole computer to hackers. The Flashback trojan takes advantage of an OS X Java vulnerability and infects computers by tricking them into downloading a fake Java update.</p>
<p>When the program is installed, Flashback will download and install the main trojan code without the need for permission from the administrator. From there it proceeds to hijack your browser, redirect search queries to websites developed by hackers, and then take advantage of pay-per-click advertising.</p>
<p><strong>Why Should I be Worried?</strong><br />
While this version hijacks your browser, there are far more sinister things it could do. As this trojan acts as a downloader, there’s nothing stopping the developers from updating the malware to steal passwords, banking information and other confidential information.</p>
<p><strong>How do I Ensure My Mac is Clean?</strong><br />
Apple has released an update for machines running OS X 10.6 and later. The first step you should take is to update your computer to patch the vulnerability. To update your Mac:</p>
<ol>
<li>Press the Apple logo, located in the top right hand of your screen.</li>
<li>Select Software Update&#8230;</li>
<li>Press Install and Restart.</li>
</ol>
<p>While the patch will prevent Flashback from working, it won’t delete the program if you’ve been infected. The Internet security company F-Secure has developed a <a href="http://www.f-secure.com/weblog/archives/00002346.html">script</a> that scans your computer and removes Flashback if found. Once you have downloaded the script, open and run it. The script will search your computer and place the infected files in an encrypted ZIP folder labeled Flashback_quarantine.zip.</p>
<p>Flashback has infected a higher number of Macs than any other trojan to date and goes to show that Macs also have security flaws. This also serves as a reminder that you should have a virus scanner and security program running on your Mac. If you have any questions regarding the security of your Mac or other devices, please don’t hesitate to contact us. We are here to help keep your machines secure.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/os-x-trojan-takes-users-unawares/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>OS X Sees Largest Malware Infection Yet</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/os-x-sees-largest-malware-infection-yet/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/os-x-sees-largest-malware-infection-yet/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 04 May 2012 15:30:34 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security – News and General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_Security_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[F-Secure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Flashback Trojan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mac]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remove Trojan from Mac]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Script]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[trojan]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10620</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you mention “OS X” and “virus” in the same sentence, you’ll get some weird looks from Mac users. Traditionally viruses and trojans on OS X were near non-existent, but there’s a Mac specific trojan, codenamed Flashback, that has affected more than 600,000 computers. This is big news as it shows that machines running OS [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.35301517974585295"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10626" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Security_May04_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Security_May04_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />If you mention “OS X” and “virus” in the same sentence, you’ll get some weird looks from Mac users. Traditionally viruses and trojans on OS X were near non-existent, but there’s a Mac specific trojan, codenamed Flashback, that has affected more than 600,000 computers. This is big news as it shows that machines running OS X may not be as secure as first thought.</span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.35301517974585295">Many Mac owners are unsure of what exactly the Flashback trojan is, what it does and how to ensure they’re not infected. We’re here to help clarify the situation.</span></p>
<p><strong>What is a Trojan and What Does Flashback Do? </strong><br />
In general terms, a trojan is a piece of malicious software that infects a computer and gives control of part, or the whole computer to hackers. The Flashback trojan takes advantage of an OS X Java vulnerability and infects computers by tricking them into downloading a fake Java update.</p>
<p>When the program is installed, Flashback will download and install the main trojan code without the need for permission from the administrator. From there it proceeds to hijack your browser, redirect search queries to websites developed by hackers, and then take advantage of pay-per-click advertising.</p>
<p><strong>Why Should I be Worried?</strong><br />
While this version hijacks your browser, there are far more sinister things it could do. As this trojan acts as a downloader, there’s nothing stopping the developers from updating the malware to steal passwords, banking information and other confidential information.</p>
<p><strong>How do I Ensure My Mac is Clean?</strong><br />
Apple has released an update for machines running OS X 10.6 and later. The first step you should take is to update your computer to patch the vulnerability. To update your Mac:</p>
<ol>
<li>Press the Apple logo, located in the top right hand of your screen.</li>
<li>Select Software Update&#8230;</li>
<li>Press Install and Restart.</li>
</ol>
<p>While the patch will prevent Flashback from working, it won’t delete the program if you’ve been infected. The Internet security company F-Secure has developed a <a href="http://www.f-secure.com/weblog/archives/00002346.html">script</a> that scans your computer and removes Flashback if found. Once you have downloaded the script, open and run it. The script will search your computer and place the infected files in an encrypted ZIP folder labeled Flashback_quarantine.zip.</p>
<p>Flashback has infected a higher number of Macs than any other trojan to date and goes to show that Macs also have security flaws. This also serves as a reminder that you should have a virus scanner and security program running on your Mac. If you have any questions regarding the security of your Mac or other devices, please don’t hesitate to contact us. We are here to help keep your machines secure.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/os-x-sees-largest-malware-infection-yet/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>650,000 Macs Infected by Trojan</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/650000-macs-infected-by-trojan/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/650000-macs-infected-by-trojan/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 04 May 2012 15:30:11 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security – News and General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_Security_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[F-Secure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Flashback Trojan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mac]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remove Trojan from Mac]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Script]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[trojan]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10621</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[One selling point of the Mac is that the OS, OSX, is more secure than a computer running Windows. Many Mac users have been lulled into a sense of complacency and have been taking inadequate steps to protect their systems. A recent trojan has shocked these users into reality and left many of them wondering [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.35301517974585295"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10628" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Security_May04_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Security_May04_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />One selling point of the Mac is that the OS, OSX, is more secure than a computer running Windows. Many Mac users have been lulled into a sense of complacency and have been taking inadequate steps to protect their systems. A recent trojan has shocked these users into reality and left many of them wondering if their systems really are secure. </span></p>
<p>If you mention “OS X” and “virus” in the same sentence, you’ll get some weird looks from Mac users. Traditionally viruses and trojans on OS X were near non-existent, but there’s a Mac specific trojan, codenamed Flashback, that has affected more than 600,000 computers. This is big news as it shows that machines running OS X may not be as secure as first thought.</p>
<p>Many Mac owners are unsure of what exactly the Flashback trojan is, what it does and how to ensure they’re not infected. We’re here to help clarify the situation.</p>
<p><strong>What is a Trojan and What Does Flashback Do? </strong><br />
In general terms, a trojan is a piece of malicious software that infects a computer and gives control of part, or the whole computer to hackers. The Flashback trojan takes advantage of an OS X Java vulnerability and infects computers by tricking them into downloading a fake Java update.</p>
<p>When the program is installed, Flashback will download and install the main trojan code without the need for permission from the administrator. From there it proceeds to hijack your browser, redirect search queries to websites developed by hackers, and then take advantage of pay-per-click advertising.</p>
<p><strong>Why Should I be Worried?</strong><br />
While this version hijacks your browser, there are far more sinister things it could do. As this trojan acts as a downloader, there’s nothing stopping the developers from updating the malware to steal passwords, banking information and other confidential information.</p>
<p><strong>How do I Ensure My Mac is Clean?</strong><br />
Apple has released an update for machines running OS X 10.6 and later. The first step you should take is to update your computer to patch the vulnerability. To update your Mac:</p>
<ol>
<li>Press the Apple logo, located in the top right hand of your screen.</li>
<li>Select Software Update&#8230;</li>
<li>Press Install and Restart.</li>
</ol>
<p>While the patch will prevent Flashback from working, it won’t delete the program if you’ve been infected. The Internet security company F-Secure has developed a <a href="http://www.f-secure.com/weblog/archives/00002346.html">script</a> that scans your computer and removes Flashback if found. Once you have downloaded the script, open and run it. The script will search your computer and place the infected files in an encrypted ZIP folder labeled Flashback_quarantine.zip.</p>
<p>Flashback has infected a higher number of Macs than any other trojan to date and goes to show that Macs also have security flaws. This also serves as a reminder that you should have a virus scanner and security program running on your Mac. If you have any questions regarding the security of your Mac or other devices, please don’t hesitate to contact us. We are here to help keep your machines secure.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/650000-macs-infected-by-trojan/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Can’t Focus at Work? Try These Tips</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/can%e2%80%99t-focus-at-work-try-these-tips/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/can%e2%80%99t-focus-at-work-try-these-tips/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 04 May 2012 15:15:35 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Productivity – General and Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_Productivity_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[focus at work]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to increase focus]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Productivity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tablet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Work life balance]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10600</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[It used to be that your work and personal time had clearly defined separation. You spent the day at work focused on your job and at the end of the day you’d turn your brain off, go home, cook dinner and relax. As a collective whole we seem to have lost our ability to focus. [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.31771572516299784"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10606" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Productivity_May04_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Productivity_May04_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />It used to be that your work and personal time had clearly defined separation. You spent the day at work focused on your job and at the end of the day you’d turn your brain off, go home, cook dinner and relax. As a collective whole we seem to have lost our ability to focus. We spend most of our days worrying about the work that needs to be done.</span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.31771572516299784">It’s time to reclaim our focus at work and here are seven tips to help you do so.</span></p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Practice productivity wind-sprints.</strong> While at work, we’re normally doing work while browsing Facebook or chatting. This can be harmful for productivity and shifts your focus from important work related activities. Interval training is a great way to increase your focus. Get a timer, set it for ten minutes, and focus solely on your work. When the timer goes off take a two minute break.</li>
<li><strong>Defensive scheduling.</strong> Our days are filled with commitments and we struggle to keep up with our projects or find time to work uninterrupted. Schedule a meeting with yourself at a convenient time. Treat this meeting like a real meeting, no interruptions. This is your time to focus on important tasks or projects.</li>
<li><strong>Socialize with your tablet.</strong> Separate work from social activities with a tablet. We’re often just hitting our stride with work when BING, we get a chat message. What do we do? Immediately reply to the message. When we do that we lose our focus and struggle to regain it. Why not use use your tablet for all social activities and work computer strictly for work? Combined with tip one, this could really help you focus.</li>
<li><strong>Realize your unconscious focus.</strong> The vast majority of managers often aren’t sure what the top issue in their mind is. It comes with multitasking, we’re always making less important ideas critical, and this takes our focus off the most important issues. To realign your focus take some time, let your mind wander, and make note of the ideas you keep returning to. These are your most critical issues.</li>
<li><strong>Focus on most important tasks first.</strong> When you get into the office in the morning switch off your phone and email alerts. Focus on your most important priorities, this will give you time to get your most important work out of the way, before you shift your focus onto other less important projects.</li>
<li><strong>Disconnect.</strong> Many of us don’t take time to give our brains a rest, we’re always thinking and possibly worrying about work. It’s beneficial to your mental and physical health if you take time each day to disconnect from the office. Temporarily sever all ties with the office and focus on something you enjoy doing. Remember, this is your time don’t think of work, focus on the activity.</li>
<li><strong>Can’t focus? Consider if what you’re doing is right for you.</strong> If you find that you really can’t focus, even with the previous techniques, it might be time to consider that what you’re doing is actually something you don’t care about or enjoy. If this is true for you, then it’s time to start looking for a change.</li>
</ol>
<p>With these tips you should see an increase in your focus and productivity. If you would like to know more about how to improve your productivity please contact us, we can help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/can%e2%80%99t-focus-at-work-try-these-tips/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Sharpen your Focus, Get More Done</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/sharpen-your-focus-get-more-done/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/sharpen-your-focus-get-more-done/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 04 May 2012 15:15:33 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Productivity – General and Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_Productivity_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[focus at work]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to increase focus]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Productivity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tablet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Work life balance]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10601</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Multitasking has become common in the workplace. We often have our Web browsers using multiple tabs, switch between email, social media and work. Our attention is pulled in 50 different directions and we’re having trouble focusing on one task for more than five minutes. This lack of focus has led to longer, and less productive [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.31771572516299784"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10608" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Productivity_May04_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Productivity_May04_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Multitasking has become common in the workplace. We often have our Web browsers using multiple tabs, switch between email, social media and work. Our attention is pulled in 50 different directions and we’re having trouble focusing on one task for more than five minutes. This lack of focus has led to longer, and less productive days. </span></p>
<p>It’s time to reclaim our focus at work and here are seven tips to help you do so.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Practice productivity wind-sprints.</strong> While at work, we’re normally doing work while browsing Facebook or chatting. This can be harmful for productivity and shifts your focus from important work related activities. Interval training is a great way to increase your focus. Get a timer, set it for ten minutes, and focus solely on your work. When the timer goes off take a two minute break.</li>
<li><strong>Defensive scheduling.</strong> Our days are filled with commitments and we struggle to keep up with our projects or find time to work uninterrupted. Schedule a meeting with yourself at a convenient time. Treat this meeting like a real meeting, no interruptions. This is your time to focus on important tasks or projects.</li>
<li><strong>Socialize with your tablet.</strong> Separate work from social activities with a tablet. We’re often just hitting our stride with work when BING, we get a chat message. What do we do? Immediately reply to the message. When we do that we lose our focus and struggle to regain it. Why not use use your tablet for all social activities and work computer strictly for work? Combined with tip one, this could really help you focus.</li>
<li><strong>Realize your unconscious focus.</strong> The vast majority of managers often aren’t sure what the top issue in their mind is. It comes with multitasking, we’re always making less important ideas critical, and this takes our focus off the most important issues. To realign your focus take some time, let your mind wander, and make note of the ideas you keep returning to. These are your most critical issues.</li>
<li><strong>Focus on most important tasks first.</strong> When you get into the office in the morning switch off your phone and email alerts. Focus on your most important priorities, this will give you time to get your most important work out of the way, before you shift your focus onto other less important projects.</li>
<li><strong>Disconnect.</strong> Many of us don’t take time to give our brains a rest, we’re always thinking and possibly worrying about work. It’s beneficial to your mental and physical health if you take time each day to disconnect from the office. Temporarily sever all ties with the office and focus on something you enjoy doing. Remember, this is your time don’t think of work, focus on the activity.</li>
<li><strong>Can’t focus? Consider if what you’re doing is right for you.</strong> If you find that you really can’t focus, even with the previous techniques, it might be time to consider that what you’re doing is actually something you don’t care about or enjoy. If this is true for you, then it’s time to start looking for a change.</li>
</ol>
<p>With these tips you should see an increase in your focus and productivity. If you would like to know more about how to improve your productivity please contact us, we can help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/sharpen-your-focus-get-more-done/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>It’s Time to Reclaim Your Focus</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/it%e2%80%99s-time-to-reclaim-your-focus/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/it%e2%80%99s-time-to-reclaim-your-focus/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 04 May 2012 15:15:30 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Productivity – General and Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_Productivity_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[focus at work]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to increase focus]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Productivity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tablet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Work life balance]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10602</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[With the multitude of devices at our disposal we have become a society of interconnectedness, and have seen once clear divisions of work and personal life blend into one. This has created an international society of workers who are experts at balancing a number of tasks, while never really being able to focus on one [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.31771572516299784"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10609" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Productivity_May04_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Productivity_May04_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />With the multitude of devices at our disposal we have become a society of interconnectedness, and have seen once clear divisions of work and personal life blend into one. This has created an international society of workers who are experts at balancing a number of tasks, while never really being able to focus on one task. There are just too many factors pulling our attention in multiple directions. </span></p>
<p>It’s time to reclaim our focus at work and here are seven tips to help you do so.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Practice productivity wind-sprints.</strong> While at work, we’re normally doing work while browsing Facebook or chatting. This can be harmful for productivity and shifts your focus from important work related activities. Interval training is a great way to increase your focus. Get a timer, set it for ten minutes, and focus solely on your work. When the timer goes off take a two minute break.</li>
<li><strong>Defensive scheduling.</strong> Our days are filled with commitments and we struggle to keep up with our projects or find time to work uninterrupted. Schedule a meeting with yourself at a convenient time. Treat this meeting like a real meeting, no interruptions. This is your time to focus on important tasks or projects.</li>
<li><strong>Socialize with your tablet.</strong> Separate work from social activities with a tablet. We’re often just hitting our stride with work when BING, we get a chat message. What do we do? Immediately reply to the message. When we do that we lose our focus and struggle to regain it. Why not use use your tablet for all social activities and work computer strictly for work? Combined with tip one, this could really help you focus.</li>
<li><strong>Realize your unconscious focus.</strong> The vast majority of managers often aren’t sure what the top issue in their mind is. It comes with multitasking, we’re always making less important ideas critical, and this takes our focus off the most important issues. To realign your focus take some time, let your mind wander, and make note of the ideas you keep returning to. These are your most critical issues.</li>
<li><strong>Focus on most important tasks first.</strong> When you get into the office in the morning switch off your phone and email alerts. Focus on your most important priorities, this will give you time to get your most important work out of the way, before you shift your focus onto other less important projects.</li>
<li><strong>Disconnect.</strong> Many of us don’t take time to give our brains a rest, we’re always thinking and possibly worrying about work. It’s beneficial to your mental and physical health if you take time each day to disconnect from the office. Temporarily sever all ties with the office and focus on something you enjoy doing. Remember, this is your time don’t think of work, focus on the activity.</li>
<li><strong>Can’t focus? Consider if what you’re doing is right for you.</strong> If you find that you really can’t focus, even with the previous techniques, it might be time to consider that what you’re doing is actually something you don’t care about or enjoy. If this is true for you, then it’s time to start looking for a change.</li>
</ol>
<p>With these tips you should see an increase in your focus and productivity. If you would like to know more about how to improve your productivity please contact us, we can help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/it%e2%80%99s-time-to-reclaim-your-focus/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Communicate More Effectively With Skype</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/communicate-more-effectively-with-skype/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/communicate-more-effectively-with-skype/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 04 May 2012 15:00:22 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VoIP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_VoIP_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Features of Skype]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Skype]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Skype for business]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Skype Shop]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10578</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Collaboration is important to a company’s success, and one of the tools that has enabled collaboration is Skype. Utilizing Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) it offers users a way to communicate and work together across vast distances at a low price. With these benefits, businesses have been integrating Skype in greater numbers. Skype has some [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.06365802581422031"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10586" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="VoIP_May04_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/VoIP_May04_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Collaboration is important to a company’s success, and one of the tools that has enabled collaboration is Skype. Utilizing Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) it offers users a way to communicate and work together across vast distances at a low price. With these benefits, businesses have been integrating Skype in greater numbers. </span></p>
<p>Skype has some excellent features but many businesses stick to the basics. Here are four ways you can better utilize Skype.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Call forwarding.</strong> If you’re expecting an important call but have to step away from the computer for a bit you can forward any calls to your phone. To set up call forwarding: open <em>preferences</em> and select <em>Calls</em>. You will see the option to set up call forwarding at the top of the page. Press the <em>Forward calls</em> radio followed by <em>Set up Forwarding</em>. Be aware that regular call rates will be charged.</li>
<li><strong>Screen sharing.</strong> Skype is a terrific collaboration tool and many businesses take advantage of it by holding virtual meetings. You can take this one step further by sharing your screen with other parties you are chatting with. This is a fantastic way to give virtual presentations. To share your screen while in a chat press the <em>plus</em> symbol at the bottom of your screen, or right click, and select <em>Share Screen</em>.</li>
<li><strong>Customer service tool.</strong> Using Skype is a convenient way to get in contact with your customers. Ask your website developer to put a Skype button on your website. Be sure to add when you or your employees are available to be contacted.</li>
<li><strong>Add-ons.</strong> Skype has solid features but there are a multitude of add-on apps that can make it even better. Some apps allow for closer collaboration, let you broadcast pre-recorded messages, or record video and audio calls. The apps can be downloaded from the <a href="http://shop.skype.com/apps/">Skype Shop</a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Skype has many useful features that when utilized allow businesses’ clients and employees to communicate with ease. If you would like to know more about using Skype or other VoIP services in your company please give us a call.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/communicate-more-effectively-with-skype/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Skype’s Underutilized Features</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/skype%e2%80%99s-underutilized-features/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/skype%e2%80%99s-underutilized-features/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 04 May 2012 15:00:20 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VoIP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_VoIP_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Features of Skype]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Skype]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Skype for business]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Skype Shop]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10577</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Skype is the most well-known Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) program and is used by businesses all over the world. It offers many benefits including cheaper calls, a solid instant messaging platform that allows employees to communicate as a group, and the ability to conduct video calls with any user. Skype has some excellent features [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.06365802581422031"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10584" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="VoIP_May04_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/VoIP_May04_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Skype is the most well-known Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) program and is used by businesses all over the world. It offers many benefits including cheaper calls, a solid instant messaging platform that allows employees to communicate as a group, and the ability to conduct video calls with any user. </span></p>
<p>Skype has some excellent features but many businesses stick to the basics. Here are four ways you can better utilize Skype.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Call forwarding.</strong> If you’re expecting an important call but have to step away from the computer for a bit you can forward any calls to your phone. To set up call forwarding: open <em>preferences</em> and select <em>Calls</em>. You will see the option to set up call forwarding at the top of the page. Press the <em>Forward calls</em> radio followed by <em>Set up Forwarding</em>. Be aware that regular call rates will be charged.</li>
<li><strong>Screen sharing.</strong> Skype is a terrific collaboration tool and many businesses take advantage of it by holding virtual meetings. You can take this one step further by sharing your screen with other parties you are chatting with. This is a fantastic way to give virtual presentations. To share your screen while in a chat press the <em>plus</em> symbol at the bottom of your screen, or right click, and select <em>Share Screen</em>.</li>
<li><strong>Customer service tool.</strong> Using Skype is a convenient way to get in contact with your customers. Ask your website developer to put a Skype button on your website. Be sure to add when you or your employees are available to be contacted.</li>
<li><strong>Add-ons.</strong> Skype has solid features but there are a multitude of add-on apps that can make it even better. Some apps allow for closer collaboration, let you broadcast pre-recorded messages, or record video and audio calls. The apps can be downloaded from the <a href="http://shop.skype.com/apps/">Skype Shop</a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Skype has many useful features that when utilized allow businesses’ clients and employees to communicate with ease. If you would like to know more about using Skype or other VoIP services in your company please give us a call.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/skype%e2%80%99s-underutilized-features/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to Get More Out Of Skype</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/how-to-get-more-out-of-skype/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/how-to-get-more-out-of-skype/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 04 May 2012 15:00:18 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VoIP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May04_VoIP_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Features of Skype]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_3]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Skype]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Skype for business]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Skype Shop]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10576</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Voice over Internet Protocol, VoIP, has become one of the main ways businesses communicate. An ever growing number of companies have been switching over to VoIP systems to take advantage of its cost savings. Recently, one of the most popular programs, Skype, reached a milestone of 40 million users logged in concurrently. Skype has some [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.06365802581422031"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10582" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="VoIP_May04_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/VoIP_May04_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Voice over Internet Protocol, VoIP, has become one of the main ways businesses communicate. An ever growing number of companies have been switching over to VoIP systems to take advantage of its cost savings. Recently, one of the most popular programs, Skype, reached a milestone of 40 million users logged in concurrently. </span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.06365802581422031">Skype has some excellent features but many businesses stick to the basics. Here are four ways you can better utilize Skype.</span></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Call forwarding.</strong> If you’re expecting an important call but have to step away from the computer for a bit you can forward any calls to your phone. To set up call forwarding: open <em>preferences</em> and select <em>Calls</em>. You will see the option to set up call forwarding at the top of the page. Press the <em>Forward calls</em> radio followed by <em>Set up Forwarding</em>. Be aware that regular call rates will be charged.</li>
<li><strong>Screen sharing.</strong> Skype is a terrific collaboration tool and many businesses take advantage of it by holding virtual meetings. You can take this one step further by sharing your screen with other parties you are chatting with. This is a fantastic way to give virtual presentations. To share your screen while in a chat press the <em>plus</em> symbol at the bottom of your screen, or right click, and select<em> Share Screen</em>.</li>
<li><strong>Customer service tool.</strong> Using Skype is a convenient way to get in contact with your customers. Ask your website developer to put a Skype button on your website. Be sure to add when you or your employees are available to be contacted.</li>
<li><strong>Add-ons.</strong> Skype has solid features but there are a multitude of add-on apps that can make it even better. Some apps allow for closer collaboration, let you broadcast pre-recorded messages, or record video and audio calls. The apps can be downloaded from the <a href="http://shop.skype.com/apps/">Skype Shop</a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Skype has many useful features that when utilized allow businesses’ clients and employees to communicate with ease. If you would like to know more about using Skype or other VoIP services in your company please give us a call.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/how-to-get-more-out-of-skype/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Big, Big, Big Data for Small Business</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/big-big-big-data-for-small-business/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/big-big-big-data-for-small-business/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 03 May 2012 15:15:35 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Business Intelligence]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May02_BusinessIntelligence_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Big Data]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Big Data defined]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_1]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10555</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Data is all around us, it seems that wherever we go we’re leaving a data trail the size of a mountain. It’s estimated that in 2011 we generated 1.8 Zettabytes (10^21) of it. By 2015 that number is expected to be 7.8 Zettabytes per year. The amount of data out there is simply overwhelming, spawning [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10562" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="BusinessIntel_May02_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/BusinessIntel_May02_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Data is all around us, it seems that wherever we go we’re leaving a data trail the size of a mountain. It’s estimated that in 2011 we generated 1.8 Zettabytes (10^21) of it. By 2015 that number is expected to be 7.8 Zettabytes per year. The amount of data out there is simply overwhelming, spawning the term “big data”, and it’s quickly becoming the next step in the evolution of how we view and work with data.</p>
<p>You’ve probably been reading technology blogs and have seen Big Data mentioned in conjunction with large companies, maybe even dismissed it as something, “for the big guys”. While Big Data is currently the focus of large companies, it won’t stay that way for long and it will pay to know about it.</p>
<p><strong>What is Big Data? </strong><br />
In recent years the amount of data available has exploded and companies have reached a point where there’s so much of it available they can’t physically store or analyze it using existing means. This quandary is called Big Data.</p>
<p>Frank Moss, former director of MIT Media Lab, describes Big Data as coming from, “Computers, smart phones, GPS devices, embedded microprocessors, sensors&#8230;[which] are forming a ‘societal nervous system’ that is generating a cloud of data that’s growing at an exponential rate.”</p>
<p>This growth has overwhelmed many companies causing a need for Big Data solutions. These solutions provide businesses with a way to immediately make sense of vast amounts of information, make informed decisions and exploit data.</p>
<p><strong>What can I Do With Big Data?</strong><br />
The uses of Big Data are near limitless. For small businesses the best deployment, currently, is for market research. You can use Big Data to help decrease the risk of decisions by increasing your knowledge of current trends, your target market’s demographics and customer buying patterns. Research that would normally take weeks can be done in minutes or seconds, allowing your company to make better marketing decisions quicker and with a higher chance of success.</p>
<p><strong>Are SMEs Ready for Big Data?</strong><br />
Large companies are utilizing Big Data because they simply can’t keep up with the incredible amount of data generated. At the same time, smaller organizations have simply not reached the point where they are being overwhelmed by data, therefore there’s no pressing need to look into it. This is rapidly changing though, so it’s beneficial to keep your eye on developments.</p>
<p>If you have any more questions regarding Big Data or Business Intelligence and their uses within your organization please contact us, we will be happy to sit down with you.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/big-big-big-data-for-small-business/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Big Data. Is it For Small Business?</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/big-data-is-it-for-small-business/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/big-data-is-it-for-small-business/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 03 May 2012 15:15:31 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Business Intelligence]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May02_BusinessIntelligence_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Big Data]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Big Data defined]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_1]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10556</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Technology has advanced at such a pace that the number of networked devices in the world now outnumbers people. This is a staggering figure by itself, but pause for a moment and think: these devices all create data, lots of data. The amount of data produced is expected to grow to a point where companies [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10563" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="BusinessIntel_May02_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/BusinessIntel_May02_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Technology has advanced at such a pace that the number of networked devices in the world now outnumbers people. This is a staggering figure by itself, but pause for a moment and think: these devices all create data, lots of data. The amount of data produced is expected to grow to a point where companies won’t be able to process it. To make sense of this, the term Big Data has been coined, but what exactly is Big Data?</p>
<p>You’ve probably been reading technology blogs and have seen Big Data mentioned in conjunction with large companies, maybe even dismissed it as something, “for the big guys”. While Big Data is currently the focus of large companies, it won’t stay that way for long and it will pay to know about it.</p>
<p><strong>What is Big Data? </strong><br />
In recent years the amount of data available has exploded and companies have reached a point where there’s so much of it available they can’t physically store or analyze it using existing means. This quandary is called Big Data.</p>
<p>Frank Moss, former director of MIT Media Lab, describes Big Data as coming from, “Computers, smart phones, GPS devices, embedded microprocessors, sensors&#8230;[which] are forming a ‘societal nervous system’ that is generating a cloud of data that’s growing at an exponential rate.”</p>
<p>This growth has overwhelmed many companies causing a need for Big Data solutions. These solutions provide businesses with a way to immediately make sense of vast amounts of information, make informed decisions and exploit data.</p>
<p><strong>What can I Do With Big Data?</strong><br />
The uses of Big Data are near limitless. For small businesses the best deployment, currently, is for market research. You can use Big Data to help decrease the risk of decisions by increasing your knowledge of current trends, your target market’s demographics and customer buying patterns. Research that would normally take weeks can be done in minutes or seconds, allowing your company to make better marketing decisions quicker and with a higher chance of success.</p>
<p><strong>Are SMEs Ready for Big Data?</strong><br />
Large companies are utilizing Big Data because they simply can’t keep up with the incredible amount of data generated. At the same time, smaller organizations have simply not reached the point where they are being overwhelmed by data, therefore there’s no pressing need to look into it. This is rapidly changing though, so it’s beneficial to keep your eye on developments.</p>
<p>If you have any more questions regarding Big Data or Business Intelligence and their uses within your organization please contact us, we will be happy to sit down with you.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/big-data-is-it-for-small-business/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>What Exactly is Big Data?</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/what-exactly-is-big-data/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/what-exactly-is-big-data/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 03 May 2012 15:15:09 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Business Intelligence]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May02_BusinessIntelligence_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Big Data]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Big Data defined]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_1]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10554</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[According to IBM, nearly 90% of the data available at this time has been created within the past two years. When you stop and think about it, it boggles the mind. What makes this more intriguing is that the amount of data will continue to exponentially grow and threatens to overwhelm us. This sheer amount [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10560" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="BusinessIntel_May02_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/BusinessIntel_May02_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />According to IBM, nearly 90% of the data available at this time has been created within the past two years. When you stop and think about it, it boggles the mind. What makes this more intriguing is that the amount of data will continue to exponentially grow and threatens to overwhelm us. This sheer amount of information available to us and the related issues have been termed Big Data.</p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.22612676001153886">You’ve probably been reading technology blogs and have seen Big Data mentioned in conjunction with large companies, maybe even dismissed it as something, “for the big guys”. While Big Data is currently the focus of large companies, it won’t stay that way for long and it will pay to know about it.</span></p>
<p><strong>What is Big Data? </strong><br />
In recent years the amount of data available has exploded and companies have reached a point where there’s so much of it available they can’t physically store or analyze it using existing means. This quandary is called Big Data.</p>
<p>Frank Moss, former director of MIT Media Lab, describes Big Data as coming from, “Computers, smart phones, GPS devices, embedded microprocessors, sensors&#8230;[which] are forming a ‘societal nervous system’ that is generating a cloud of data that’s growing at an exponential rate.”</p>
<p>This growth has overwhelmed many companies causing a need for Big Data solutions. These solutions provide businesses with a way to immediately make sense of vast amounts of information, make informed decisions and exploit data.</p>
<p><strong>What can I Do With Big Data?</strong><br />
The uses of Big Data are near limitless. For small businesses the best deployment, currently, is for market research. You can use Big Data to help decrease the risk of decisions by increasing your knowledge of current trends, your target market’s demographics and customer buying patterns. Research that would normally take weeks can be done in minutes or seconds, allowing your company to make better marketing decisions quicker and with a higher chance of success.</p>
<p><strong>Are SMEs Ready for Big Data?</strong><br />
Large companies are utilizing Big Data because they simply can’t keep up with the incredible amount of data generated. At the same time, smaller organizations have simply not reached the point where they are being overwhelmed by data, therefore there’s no pressing need to look into it. This is rapidly changing though, so it’s beneficial to keep your eye on developments.</p>
<p>If you have any more questions regarding Big Data or Business Intelligence and their uses within your organization please contact us, we will be happy to sit down with you.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/what-exactly-is-big-data/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>You + iPad + Presentation = Success</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/you-ipad-presentation-success/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/you-ipad-presentation-success/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 03 May 2012 15:00:22 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Tablet – iPad]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May02_iPad_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPad]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Keynote]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power Presenter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Presentations with the iPad]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS-2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SlideShark]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10534</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Companies are always looking for ways to make their employees’ jobs easier while increasing efficiency. This includes using devices, and one such device has caught the eye of many: the iPad. Originally aimed at private users, businesses have found that the iPad has some incredibly useful features for when it comes to developing and giving [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10544" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="iPad_May02_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/iPad_May02_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Companies are always looking for ways to make their employees’ jobs easier while increasing efficiency. This includes using devices, and one such device has caught the eye of many: the iPad. Originally aimed at private users, businesses have found that the iPad has some incredibly useful features for when it comes to developing and giving presentations.</p>
<p>If you’re on the road and give lots of presentations, the iPad can be the perfect tool as it allows you to leave the laptop at home, or in the hotel room. Here are three programs that are great for creating and giving presentations on the iPad, and what you need to give presentations on big-screens such as projectors and TVs.</p>
<p><strong>Keynote</strong><br />
Keynote is Apple’s presentation software. With this app, users can create some really professional looking presentations with ease. The one downside to Keynote is that it has trouble interacting with presentations created using Microsoft PowerPoint. Some fonts, clipart and animations used by PowerPoint and not Apple, will simply not copy over.</p>
<p><strong>SlideShark</strong><br />
SlideShark is perfect for users who aren’t comfortable with Keynote or are more comfortable with Microsoft PowerPoint. It works by uploading your presentations using SlideShark, converting them into a format the iPad can read and syncing them with the iPad. This is a great app for users of PCs.</p>
<p><strong>Power Presenter</strong><br />
This app is for presenters who want to give presentations on a projector, as its main purpose is to make it easier for the iPad and projectors to sync with one another. After you’ve finished your presentation, save it as a PDF and hook up your iPad to the projector you’ll be using. The app will simultaneously show the presentation on the screen and your iPad. This app is good if you don’t have the time to set up the projector whenever you give a presentation.</p>
<p><strong>What You Need to Give Presentations</strong><br />
When you switch over to using the iPad for presentations, you’ll need two adapters that allow you to hook the iPad up to the various different visual outputs e.g., TV screens and projector units.</p>
<p>The first adapter is a VGA adapter which will allow you to connect your iPad to the majority of projectors. When you give a presentation using a projector, plug the VGA cable into your iPad and the projector, and you should be ready to give your presentation.</p>
<p>The second adapter is for TVs and projectors that use HDMI outputs. Apple calls this adapter a “Digital AV Adapter” and it can be found on the Apple Store. When you plug in the adapter, your display should show up on both the screen and your iPad.</p>
<p>If you have any questions about using your iPad to give presentations or other uses for your Apple products, please contact us. We’re more than happy to sit down and discuss solutions with you.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/you-ipad-presentation-success/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Presentations Made Easy With the iPad</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/presentations-made-easy-with-the-ipad/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/presentations-made-easy-with-the-ipad/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 03 May 2012 15:00:20 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Tablet – iPad]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May02_iPad_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPad]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Keynote]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power Presenter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Presentations with the iPad]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS-2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SlideShark]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10535</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Computers have changed a lot since the early days, going from machines the size of buildings to devices not much bigger than a stack of paper. The next big step in this evolution is the tablet computer, and leading the charge is the Apple iPad. With a multitude of useful features including the ability to [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10545" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="iPad_May02_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/iPad_May02_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Computers have changed a lot since the early days, going from machines the size of buildings to devices not much bigger than a stack of paper. The next big step in this evolution is the tablet computer, and leading the charge is the Apple iPad. With a multitude of useful features including the ability to draft and present presentations, businesses have been adopting the iPad in larger numbers.</p>
<p>If you’re on the road and give lots of presentations, the iPad can be the perfect tool as it allows you to leave the laptop at home, or in the hotel room. Here are three programs that are great for creating and giving presentations on the iPad, and what you need to give presentations on big-screens such as projectors and TVs.</p>
<p><strong>Keynote</strong><br />
Keynote is Apple’s presentation software. With this app, users can create some really professional looking presentations with ease. The one downside to Keynote is that it has trouble interacting with presentations created using Microsoft PowerPoint. Some fonts, clipart and animations used by PowerPoint and not Apple, will simply not copy over.</p>
<p><strong>SlideShark</strong><br />
SlideShark is perfect for users who aren’t comfortable with Keynote or are more comfortable with Microsoft PowerPoint. It works by uploading your presentations using SlideShark, converting them into a format the iPad can read and syncing them with the iPad. This is a great app for users of PCs.</p>
<p><strong>Power Presenter</strong><br />
This app is for presenters who want to give presentations on a projector, as its main purpose is to make it easier for the iPad and projectors to sync with one another. After you’ve finished your presentation, save it as a PDF and hook up your iPad to the projector you’ll be using. The app will simultaneously show the presentation on the screen and your iPad. This app is good if you don’t have the time to set up the projector whenever you give a presentation.</p>
<p><strong>What You Need to Give Presentations</strong><br />
When you switch over to using the iPad for presentations, you’ll need two adapters that allow you to hook the iPad up to the various different visual outputs e.g., TV screens and projector units.</p>
<p>The first adapter is a VGA adapter which will allow you to connect your iPad to the majority of projectors. When you give a presentation using a projector, plug the VGA cable into your iPad and the projector, and you should be ready to give your presentation.</p>
<p>The second adapter is for TVs and projectors that use HDMI outputs. Apple calls this adapter a “Digital AV Adapter” and it can be found on the Apple Store. When you plug in the adapter, your display should show up on both the screen and your iPad.</p>
<p>If you have any questions about using your iPad to give presentations or other uses for your Apple products, please contact us. We’re more than happy to sit down and discuss solutions with you.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/presentations-made-easy-with-the-ipad/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Use the iPad for Awesome Presentations</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/use-the-ipad-for-awesome-presentations/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/use-the-ipad-for-awesome-presentations/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 03 May 2012 15:00:20 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Tablet – iPad]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May02_iPad_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPad]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Keynote]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power Presenter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Presentations with the iPad]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS-2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SlideShark]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10533</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Tablet computers are arguably some of the most useful devices that have been developed in the past ten years. While there are a ton of tablets on the market, there’s one that’s king: the iPad. The iPad has many different features that appeal to nearly every user, including companies who have taken to using the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10542" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="iPad_May02_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/iPad_May02_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Tablet computers are arguably some of the most useful devices that have been developed in the past ten years. While there are a ton of tablets on the market, there’s one that’s king: the iPad. The iPad has many different features that appeal to nearly every user, including companies who have taken to using the iPad for presentations.</p>
<p>If you’re on the road and give lots of presentations, the iPad can be the perfect tool as it allows you to leave the laptop at home, or in the hotel room. Here are three programs that are great for creating and giving presentations on the iPad, and what you need to give presentations on big-screens such as projectors and TVs.</p>
<p><strong>Keynote</strong><br />
Keynote is Apple’s presentation software. With this app, users can create some really professional looking presentations with ease. The one downside to Keynote is that it has trouble interacting with presentations created using Microsoft PowerPoint. Some fonts, clipart and animations used by PowerPoint and not Apple, will simply not copy over.</p>
<p><strong>SlideShark</strong><br />
SlideShark is perfect for users who aren’t comfortable with Keynote or are more comfortable with Microsoft PowerPoint. It works by uploading your presentations using SlideShark, converting them into a format the iPad can read and syncing them with the iPad. This is a great app for users of PCs.</p>
<p><strong>Power Presenter</strong><br />
This app is for presenters who want to give presentations on a projector, as its main purpose is to make it easier for the iPad and projectors to sync with one another. After you’ve finished your presentation, save it as a PDF and hook up your iPad to the projector you’ll be using. The app will simultaneously show the presentation on the screen and your iPad. This app is good if you don’t have the time to set up the projector whenever you give a presentation.</p>
<p><strong>What You Need to Give Presentations</strong><br />
When you switch over to using the iPad for presentations, you’ll need two adapters that allow you to hook the iPad up to the various different visual outputs e.g., TV screens and projector units.</p>
<p>The first adapter is a VGA adapter which will allow you to connect your iPad to the majority of projectors. When you give a presentation using a projector, plug the VGA cable into your iPad and the projector, and you should be ready to give your presentation.</p>
<p>The second adapter is for TVs and projectors that use HDMI outputs. Apple calls this adapter a “Digital AV Adapter” and it can be found on the Apple Store. When you plug in the adapter, your display should show up on both the screen and your iPad.</p>
<p>If you have any questions about using your iPad to give presentations or other uses for your Apple products, please contact us. We’re more than happy to sit down and discuss solutions with you.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/use-the-ipad-for-awesome-presentations/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Microsoft Drops Price of Office 365</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/microsoft-drops-price-of-office-365/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/microsoft-drops-price-of-office-365/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 02 May 2012 15:30:55 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Cloud – Office 365]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May02_Office365_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office 365]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Office 365]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Price drop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS 3]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10515</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[There are many tools businesses use during their day-to-day operations, but only a few are used by businesses across all industries. One that will be familiar to all is the office suite; comprised of a word processor, spreadsheet, presentation software and an email client. The most popular being Microsoft Office, which Microsoft has recently moved [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10519" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Office365_May02_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Office365_May02_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />There are many tools businesses use during their day-to-day operations, but only a few are used by businesses across all industries. One that will be familiar to all is the office suite; comprised of a word processor, spreadsheet, presentation software and an email client. The most popular being Microsoft Office, which Microsoft has recently moved to the cloud.</p>
<p>Microsoft’s cloud based office suite for businesses is called Microsoft Office 365. Office 365 includes Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook and OneNote &#8211; and Microsoft Server products e.g., Lync 2010 and SharePoint Server. All programs are accessed via a Web browser, offering users the ability to access the programs from the office, home or anywhere in between.</p>
<p>On March 14, 2012 Microsoft held a press conference announcing that the price of Office 365 subscriptions will be reduced by up to 20%. This decrease will apply to all new and renewing direct customers.</p>
<p>The price cut is a great advantage to many potential customers as it makes Office 365 more competitive with other cloud based office solutions such as Google Apps. This is also beneficial as many businesses already use the desktop versions of Microsoft Office. If they switch to Office 365, employees will be comfortable with the cloud version, as the software is exactly the same as the desktop version.</p>
<p>It’s the perfect time to look into Office 365 and see what it can bring to your organization. If you’d like to learn more about Microsoft Office 365 or other products from Microsoft, we are your go-to experts and will be more than happy to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/microsoft-drops-price-of-office-365/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Office 365 Price Drops, More Competitive</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/office-365-price-drops-more-competitive/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/office-365-price-drops-more-competitive/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 02 May 2012 15:30:49 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Cloud – Office 365]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May02_Office365_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office 365]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Office 365]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Price drop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS 3]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10516</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[One of the most useful business tools, no matter what industry you operate in, is the office suite. While there are a wide variety of choices available, the market is dominated by Microsoft Office. In the past year Microsoft has turned its eye from producing office software for the desktop to producing office solutions based [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10521" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Office365_May02_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Office365_May02_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />One of the most useful business tools, no matter what industry you operate in, is the office suite. While there are a wide variety of choices available, the market is dominated by Microsoft Office. In the past year Microsoft has turned its eye from producing office software for the desktop to producing office solutions based around the cloud.</p>
<p>Microsoft’s cloud based office suite for businesses is called Microsoft Office 365. Office 365 includes Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook and OneNote &#8211; and Microsoft Server products e.g., Lync 2010 and SharePoint Server. All programs are accessed via a Web browser, offering users the ability to access the programs from the office, home or anywhere in between.</p>
<p>On March 14, 2012 Microsoft held a press conference announcing that the price of Office 365 subscriptions will be reduced by up to 20%. This decrease will apply to all new and renewing direct customers.</p>
<p>The price cut is a great advantage to many potential customers as it makes Office 365 more competitive with other cloud based office solutions such as Google Apps. This is also beneficial as many businesses already use the desktop versions of Microsoft Office. If they switch to Office 365, employees will be comfortable with the cloud version, as the software is exactly the same as the desktop version.</p>
<p>It’s the perfect time to look into Office 365 and see what it can bring to your organization. If you’d like to learn more about Microsoft Office 365 or other products from Microsoft, we are your go-to experts and will be more than happy to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/office-365-price-drops-more-competitive/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Office 365 Now Cheaper by up to 20%</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/office-365-now-cheaper-by-up-to-20/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/office-365-now-cheaper-by-up-to-20/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 02 May 2012 15:30:12 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Cloud – Office 365]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May02_Office365_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office 365]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Office 365]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Price drop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS 3]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10514</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Microsoft is one of the largest software companies in the world, offering a product catalogue that has something for everyone. With products like the Microsoft Office suite, Microsoft all but dominates the desktop office business. The next step for Microsoft has been to move their business services to the cloud. Microsoft’s cloud based office suite [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10517" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Office365_May02_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Office365_May02_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Microsoft is one of the largest software companies in the world, offering a product catalogue that has something for everyone. With products like the Microsoft Office suite, Microsoft all but dominates the desktop office business. The next step for Microsoft has been to move their business services to the cloud.</p>
<p>Microsoft’s cloud based office suite for businesses is called Microsoft Office 365. Office 365 includes Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook and OneNote &#8211; and Microsoft Server products e.g., Lync 2010 and SharePoint Server. All programs are accessed via a Web browser, offering users the ability to access the programs from the office, home or anywhere in between.</p>
<p>On March 14, 2012 Microsoft held a press conference announcing that the price of Office 365 subscriptions will be reduced by up to 20%. This decrease will apply to all new and renewing direct customers.</p>
<p>The price cut is a great advantage to many potential customers as it makes Office 365 more competitive with other cloud based office solutions such as Google Apps. This is also beneficial as many businesses already use the desktop versions of Microsoft Office. If they switch to Office 365, employees will be comfortable with the cloud version, as the software is exactly the same as the desktop version.</p>
<p>It’s the perfect time to look into Office 365 and see what it can bring to your organization. If you’d like to learn more about Microsoft Office 365 or other products from Microsoft, we are your go-to experts and will be more than happy to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/office-365-now-cheaper-by-up-to-20/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Google Spreadsheet: Useful Functions</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google-spreadsheet-useful-functions/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google-spreadsheet-useful-functions/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 02 May 2012 15:15:59 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Cloud – Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May02_GoogleApps_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Docs Spreadsheet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Finance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Translate]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Split a cell]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Spreadsheet formulas]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10495</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you ask business owners and managers about one piece of software they can’t live without, most will reply with the office suite. Who could live without the ability to create documents, presentations and spreadsheets? Among the numerous suites available, Google Docs offers some great features including a versatile spreadsheet program. Do you use Google [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10502" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="GoogleApps_May02_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/GoogleApps_May02_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />If you ask business owners and managers about one piece of software they can’t live without, most will reply with the office suite. Who could live without the ability to create documents, presentations and spreadsheets? Among the numerous suites available, Google Docs offers some great features including a versatile spreadsheet program. Do you use Google Docs Spreadsheet in your office?</p>
<p>Spreadsheet is simple and straightforward, but sometimes it appears to be a little too plain. There are however a large amount of incredibly useful features hidden away. Here are a few:</p>
<p><strong>=GoogleFinance:</strong> This function provides you with practical options including the ability to convert currency and track stocks. The standard formula is <strong>=GoogleFinance(“Symbol”, “Attribute”)</strong> Where <strong>Symbo</strong>l is the stock symbol and <strong>Attribute</strong> is what you would like to follow e.g., price.</p>
<p>You can also use this function for currency rates and conversions. If you want to know what the current exchange rate is between the Canadian Dollar and the US Dollar put: <strong>=GoogleFinance(“CADUSD”)</strong> to get the current exchange rate. Like stocks, this will be updated whenever the exchange rate changes. For a full list of =GoogleFinance functions check out this <a href="http://support.google.com/docs/bin/answer.py?hl=en&amp;answer=155178">page</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Translate a cell:</strong> From time to time you may get a spreadsheet that contains more than one language. Usually you would have to send it back to the author for translation, which could take more time than anticipated. Did you know that you can get Google to translate a cell from one language to another? In an empty cell enter: <strong>=GoogleTranslate(CELL, “Source Language”, “ Target Language”)</strong> Where: <strong>CELL</strong> is the cell you want to translate; <strong>Source Language</strong> is the language the cell is currently in; <strong>Target language</strong> is the language you’d like to translate into. For the languages you have to use the two letter <a href="http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php">ISO 639-2 language codes</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Split a Cell: </strong>If you want to create a table that has the days of the week in columns you can easily do so. In the first cell enter: <strong>=Split(“Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday”, “ “)</strong> Spreadsheet will automatically put the days into separate columns. To spread data out in a row enter: <strong>=transpose(Split(“Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday”, “ “))</strong>. Be sure to have spaces between the data you want in different cells, and a space between the quotation marks at the end of the function.</p>
<p><strong>Concatenate:</strong> This function acts as the opposite of =Split. If you have data in a number of cells you want to bring together e.g., data in cells A2, A5, A6, B7, enter <strong>=concatenate(A2, A5, A6, B7)</strong> The data will be put into one cell.</p>
<p>There are many more handy functions out there that will make your life easier and take some of the work out of spreadsheet creation. If you have any questions regarding Spreadsheet, Google Docs or other Google Apps please let us know, we are happy to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/google-spreadsheet-useful-functions/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Four Great Google Spreadsheet Functions</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/four-great-google-spreadsheet-functions/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/four-great-google-spreadsheet-functions/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 02 May 2012 15:15:58 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Cloud – Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May02_GoogleApps_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Docs Spreadsheet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Finance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Translate]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Split a cell]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Spreadsheet formulas]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10497</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Office suites like the one offered by Google, Google Docs, are one of the important production tools for managers and business owners. One of the useful tools of the Google office suite is the versatile spreadsheet. A skilled user of spreadsheets can make the finding and viewing of information easy. The rest of us could [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10506" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="GoogleApps_Apr02_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/GoogleApps_Apr02_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Office suites like the one offered by Google, Google Docs, are one of the important production tools for managers and business owners. One of the useful tools of the Google office suite is the versatile spreadsheet. A skilled user of spreadsheets can make the finding and viewing of information easy. The rest of us could always benefit from learning extra functions that will make our jobs more efficient.</p>
<p>Spreadsheet is simple and straightforward, but sometimes it appears to be a little too plain. There are however a large amount of incredibly useful features hidden away. Here are a few:</p>
<p><strong>=GoogleFinance:</strong> This function provides you with practical options including the ability to convert currency and track stocks. The standard formula is<strong>=GoogleFinance(“Symbol”, “Attribute”)</strong> Where <strong>Symbo</strong>l is the stock symbol and <strong>Attribute</strong> is what you would like to follow e.g., price.</p>
<p>You can also use this function for currency rates and conversions. If you want to know what the current exchange rate is between the Canadian Dollar and the US Dollar put: <strong>=GoogleFinance(“CADUSD”)</strong> to get the current exchange rate. Like stocks, this will be updated whenever the exchange rate changes. For a full list of =GoogleFinance functions check out this <a href="http://support.google.com/docs/bin/answer.py?hl=en&amp;answer=155178">page</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Translate a cell:</strong> From time to time you may get a spreadsheet that contains more than one language. Usually you would have to send it back to the author for translation, which could take more time than anticipated. Did you know that you can get Google to translate a cell from one language to another? In an empty cell enter: <strong>=GoogleTranslate(CELL, “Source Language”, “ Target Language”)</strong> Where: <strong>CELL</strong> is the cell you want to translate; <strong>Source Language</strong> is the language the cell is currently in; <strong>Target language</strong> is the language you’d like to translate into. For the languages you have to use the two letter <a href="http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php">ISO 639-2 language codes</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Split a Cell: </strong>If you want to create a table that has the days of the week in columns you can easily do so. In the first cell enter: <strong>=Split(“Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday”, “ “)</strong> Spreadsheet will automatically put the days into separate columns. To spread data out in a row enter: <strong>=transpose(Split(“Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday”, “ “))</strong>. Be sure to have spaces between the data you want in different cells, and a space between the quotation marks at the end of the function.</p>
<p><strong>Concatenate:</strong> This function acts as the opposite of =Split. If you have data in a number of cells you want to bring together e.g., data in cells A2, A5, A6, B7, enter <strong>=concatenate(A2, A5, A6, B7)</strong> The data will be put into one cell.</p>
<p>There are many more handy functions out there that will make your life easier and take some of the work out of spreadsheet creation. If you have any questions regarding Spreadsheet, Google Docs or other Google Apps please let us know, we are happy to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/four-great-google-spreadsheet-functions/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Handy Google Spreadsheet Functions</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/handy-google-spreadsheet-functions/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/handy-google-spreadsheet-functions/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 02 May 2012 15:15:26 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Cloud – Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May02_GoogleApps_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Docs Spreadsheet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Finance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Translate]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Split a cell]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Spreadsheet formulas]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10496</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Google Docs, one of the more popular office suites, offers the usual work-based programs, including their version of MS Excel: Google Spreadsheet. Most would agree that a spreadsheet program is something that all managers couldn&#8217;t live without, yet few have truly mastered such programs due to the relative complexity of some functions. We’re here to [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10504" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="GoogleApps_May02_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/GoogleApps_May02_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Google Docs, one of the more popular office suites, offers the usual work-based programs, including their version of MS Excel: Google Spreadsheet. Most would agree that a spreadsheet program is something that all managers couldn&#8217;t live without, yet few have truly mastered such programs due to the relative complexity of some functions. We’re here to help make Spreadsheet a bit easier with some interesting tips.</p>
<p>Spreadsheet is simple and straightforward, but sometimes it appears to be a little too plain. There are however a large amount of incredibly useful features hidden away. Here are a few:</p>
<p><strong>=GoogleFinance:</strong> This function provides you with practical options including the ability to convert currency and track stocks. The standard formula is<strong>=GoogleFinance(“Symbol”, “Attribute”)</strong> Where <strong>Symbo</strong>l is the stock symbol and <strong>Attribute</strong> is what you would like to follow e.g., price.</p>
<p>You can also use this function for currency rates and conversions. If you want to know what the current exchange rate is between the Canadian Dollar and the US Dollar put: <strong>=GoogleFinance(“CADUSD”)</strong> to get the current exchange rate. Like stocks, this will be updated whenever the exchange rate changes. For a full list of =GoogleFinance functions check out this <a href="http://support.google.com/docs/bin/answer.py?hl=en&amp;answer=155178">page</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Translate a cell:</strong> From time to time you may get a spreadsheet that contains more than one language. Usually you would have to send it back to the author for translation, which could take more time than anticipated. Did you know that you can get Google to translate a cell from one language to another? In an empty cell enter: <strong>=GoogleTranslate(CELL, “Source Language”, “ Target Language”)</strong> Where: <strong>CELL</strong> is the cell you want to translate; <strong>Source Language</strong> is the language the cell is currently in; <strong>Target language</strong> is the language you’d like to translate into. For the languages you have to use the two letter <a href="http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php">ISO 639-2 language codes</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Split a Cell: </strong>If you want to create a table that has the days of the week in columns you can easily do so. In the first cell enter: <strong>=Split(“Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday”, “ “)</strong> Spreadsheet will automatically put the days into separate columns. To spread data out in a row enter: <strong>=transpose(Split(“Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday”, “ “))</strong>. Be sure to have spaces between the data you want in different cells, and a space between the quotation marks at the end of the function.</p>
<p><strong>Concatenate:</strong> This function acts as the opposite of =Split. If you have data in a number of cells you want to bring together e.g., data in cells A2, A5, A6, B7, enter <strong>=concatenate(A2, A5, A6, B7)</strong> The data will be put into one cell.</p>
<p>There are many more handy functions out there that will make your life easier and take some of the work out of spreadsheet creation. If you have any questions regarding Spreadsheet, Google Docs or other Google Apps please let us know, we are happy to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/handy-google-spreadsheet-functions/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Interviewees Asked For Facebook Logins</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/interviewees-asked-for-facebook-logins/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/interviewees-asked-for-facebook-logins/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 02 May 2012 15:00:58 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet – Facebook News & Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May02_Facebook_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Background checks]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Facebook]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Facebook News]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Social Snooping]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10475</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[It used to be that when companies conducted interviews it was the only chance for both the candidate and the company to get to know each other. With the prevalence of social media, companies have now been given a way to find out more than they ever need to know about their potential employees. Some [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10482" style="margin-top: 0px; margin-right: 10px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; border-color: initial; border-image: initial;" title="Facebook_May2_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Facebook_May2_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />It used to be that when companies conducted interviews it was the only chance for both the candidate and the company to get to know each other. With the prevalence of social media, companies have now been given a way to find out more than they ever need to know about their potential employees. Some have taken this research to the extreme leaving job hunters unhappy.</p>
<p>News agencies have been carrying stories about companies that have been asking job applicants for their Facebook logins and passwords before or during an interview. This is a slightly unsettling trend when observed from the job interviewee viewpoint.</p>
<p>It’s become a common practice of employers to look at the social profiles of potential employees to get to know the job seeker on a more personal level. Users have responded by ensuring that their profiles are private, much to the chagrin of would-be snoopers. So what have companies done? Some have started asking potential employees for access to their social media usernames and passwords. This new practice has the masses wondering, “Is this legal and am I protected?”</p>
<p>Currently there are no laws (in the US) that state that it’s illegal for employers to ask employees, potential or otherwise, for their social network usernames and passwords. There are however lawmakers in California, Maryland and Illinois who have introduced legislation that will bar companies from asking for account information. But this is by no means law yet.</p>
<p>Facebook has weighed in on this as well, “This practice [asking for passwords] undermines the privacy expectations and the security of both the user and the user’s friends. It also potentially exposes the employer who seeks this access to unanticipated legal liability.”</p>
<p>What Facebook means by this is that if a company does check into a potential employee, sees they are part of a protected group e.g., LGBT, and does not hire a person on those grounds the company could face claims of discrimination. Beyond that, Facebook also pointed out that giving out or soliciting passwords to your or another user’s account is a breach of Facebook’s Statement of Rights and Responsibilities.</p>
<p>According to most articles, this is a fiasco. But if you look at it from an HR point of view, you want to know that the person sitting across from you really is who they say they are. You are protecting your interests as much as the interviewee is protecting their privacy. Short of asking people for their passwords there are five legal actions you can take to find out more about an interviewee.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Basic Internet search:</strong> Your results may return hits for other people with the same name. To get around this, narrow the search by adding an email address, phone number or address.</li>
<li><strong>Facebook:</strong> It’s perfectly fine to use Facebook to search for a job seeker’s profile and do a little social snooping. Don’t forget, there are other social media sites out there, LinkedIn is a particularly good source for discovering a person’s work history. A big boon of Linkedin is that users tend to be free with their work related information on this site.</li>
<li><strong>Conduct background checks:</strong> It’s a good idea to conduct checks, especially if you work with money or other high value items. If you don’t have time to conduct checks, there are companies that will conduct checks for you. It’s important to be aware of the law regarding background checks in your region.</li>
<li><strong>Ask for, and check references:</strong> Companies just don’t do this anymore. It only takes a few minutes to call or email each reference provided. If you call the referrers and ask the right questions, you could learn a lot more about the applicant this way.</li>
<li><strong>Prepare ahead of time:</strong> We are all busy, but it’s important that you look over a resume before the interview. Pay close attention to employment history and take note of gaps in employment or short stints (less than one year) at companies.</li>
</ul>
<p>You will be able to find just as much information about a person by using legal means to research as compared with asking for their social media accounts. If you would like to learn more about Facebook or other social media sites let us know.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/interviewees-asked-for-facebook-logins/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Companies Take Social Snooping Too Far</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/companies-take-social-snooping-too-far/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/companies-take-social-snooping-too-far/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 02 May 2012 15:00:32 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet – Facebook News & Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May02_Facebook_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Background checks]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Facebook]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Facebook News]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Social Snooping]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10476</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Everyone has the right to privacy and most are willing to go to great lengths to keep their information private. When it comes to the Internet however, many of us seem to be freer with our private details. Companies have been taking advantage of this and have been using the Internet to research applicants who [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10484" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Facebook_May2_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Facebook_May2_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Everyone has the right to privacy and most are willing to go to great lengths to keep their information private. When it comes to the Internet however, many of us seem to be freer with our private details. Companies have been taking advantage of this and have been using the Internet to research applicants who apply for jobs. A few companies have gone a step too far, much to the indignation of job seekers.</p>
<p>News agencies have been carrying stories about companies that have been asking job applicants for their Facebook logins and passwords before or during an interview. This is a slightly unsettling trend when observed from the job interviewee viewpoint.</p>
<p>It’s become a common practice of employers to look at the social profiles of potential employees to get to know the job seeker on a more personal level. Users have responded by ensuring that their profiles are private, much to the chagrin of would-be snoopers. So what have companies done? Some have started asking potential employees for access to their social media usernames and passwords. This new practice has the masses wondering, “Is this legal and am I protected?”</p>
<p>Currently there are no laws (in the US) that state that it’s illegal for employers to ask employees, potential or otherwise, for their social network usernames and passwords. There are however lawmakers in California, Maryland and Illinois who have introduced legislation that will bar companies from asking for account information. But this is by no means law yet.</p>
<p>Facebook has weighed in on this as well, “This practice [asking for passwords] undermines the privacy expectations and the security of both the user and the user’s friends. It also potentially exposes the employer who seeks this access to unanticipated legal liability.”</p>
<p>What Facebook means by this is that if a company does check into a potential employee, sees they are part of a protected group e.g., LGBT, and does not hire a person on those grounds the company could face claims of discrimination. Beyond that, Facebook also pointed out that giving out or soliciting passwords to your or another user’s account is a breach of Facebook’s Statement of Rights and Responsibilities.</p>
<p>According to most articles, this is a fiasco. But if you look at it from an HR point of view, you want to know that the person sitting across from you really is who they say they are. You are protecting your interests as much as the interviewee is protecting their privacy. Short of asking people for their passwords there are five legal actions you can take to find out more about an interviewee.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Basic Internet search:</strong> Your results may return hits for other people with the same name. To get around this, narrow the search by adding an email address, phone number or address.</li>
<li><strong>Facebook:</strong> It’s perfectly fine to use Facebook to search for a job seeker’s profile and do a little social snooping. Don’t forget, there are other social media sites out there, LinkedIn is a particularly good source for discovering a person’s work history. A big boon of Linkedin is that users tend to be free with their work related information on this site.</li>
<li><strong>Conduct background checks:</strong> It’s a good idea to conduct checks, especially if you work with money or other high value items. If you don’t have time to conduct checks, there are companies that will conduct checks for you. It’s important to be aware of the law regarding background checks in your region.</li>
<li><strong>Ask for, and check references:</strong> Companies just don’t do this anymore. It only takes a few minutes to call or email each reference provided. If you call the referrers and ask the right questions, you could learn a lot more about the applicant this way.</li>
<li><strong>Prepare ahead of time:</strong> We are all busy, but it’s important that you look over a resume before the interview. Pay close attention to employment history and take note of gaps in employment or short stints (less than one year) at companies.</li>
</ul>
<p>You will be able to find just as much information about a person by using legal means to research as compared with asking for their social media accounts. If you would like to learn more about Facebook or other social media sites let us know.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/companies-take-social-snooping-too-far/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Companies Ask For Facebook Passwords</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/companies-ask-for-facebook-passwords/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/companies-ask-for-facebook-passwords/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 02 May 2012 15:00:28 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet – Facebook News & Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012May02_Facebook_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Background checks]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Facebook]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Facebook News]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS_2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Social Snooping]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10474</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Privacy of information is important to all people. Granted, some are a little freer with it than others, but there’s a limit to what people are willing to share. Over the past few weeks a disturbing trend has come to light: some companies have been infringing on potential employees’ privacy by asking for a little [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10480" style="margin-top: 0px; margin-right: 10px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; border-color: initial; border-image: initial;" title="Facebook_May02_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Facebook_May02_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Privacy of information is important to all people. Granted, some are a little freer with it than  others, but there’s a limit to what people are willing to share. Over the past few weeks a disturbing trend has come to light: some companies have been infringing on potential employees’ privacy by asking for a little too much during interviews.</p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.4315551873296499">News agencies have been carrying stories about companies that have been asking job applicants for their Facebook logins and passwords b</span>efore or during an interview. This is a slightly unsettling trend when observed from the job interviewee viewpoint.</p>
<p>It’s become a common practice of employers to look at the social profiles of potential employees to get to know the job seeker on a more personal level. Users have responded by ensuring that their profiles are private, much to the chagrin of would-be snoopers. So what have companies done? Some have started asking potential employees for access to their social media usernames and passwords. This new practice has the masses wondering, “Is this legal and am I protected?”</p>
<p>Currently there are no laws (in the US) that state that it’s illegal for employers to ask employees, potential or otherwise, for their social network usernames and passwords. There are however lawmakers in California, Maryland and Illinois who have introduced legislation that will bar companies from asking for account information. But this is by no means law yet.</p>
<p>Facebook has weighed in on this as well, “This practice [asking for passwords] undermines the privacy expectations and the security of both the user and the user’s friends. It also potentially exposes the employer who seeks this access to unanticipated legal liability.”</p>
<p>What Facebook means by this is that if a company does check into a potential employee, sees they are part of a protected group e.g., LGBT, and does not hire a person on those grounds the company could face claims of discrimination. Beyond that, Facebook also pointed out that giving out or soliciting passwords to your or another user’s account is a breach of Facebook’s Statement of Rights and Responsibilities.</p>
<p>According to most articles, this is a fiasco. But if you look at it from an HR point of view, you want to know that the person sitting across from you really is who they say they are. You are protecting your interests as much as the interviewee is protecting their privacy. Short of asking people for their passwords there are five legal actions you can take to find out more about an interviewee.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Basic Internet search:</strong> Your results may return hits for other people with the same name. To get around this, narrow the search by adding an email address, phone number or address.</li>
<li><strong>Facebook:</strong> It’s perfectly fine to use Facebook to search for a job seeker’s profile and do a little social snooping. Don’t forget, there are other social media sites out there, LinkedIn is a particularly good source for discovering a person’s work history. A big boon of Linkedin is that users tend to be free with their work related information on this site.</li>
<li><strong>Conduct background checks:</strong> It’s a good idea to conduct checks, especially if you work with money or other high value items. If you don’t have time to conduct checks, there are companies that will conduct checks for you. It’s important to be aware of the law regarding background checks in your region.</li>
<li><strong>Ask for, and check references:</strong> Companies just don’t do this anymore. It only takes a few minutes to call or email each reference provided. If you call the referrers and ask the right questions, you could learn a lot more about the applicant this way.</li>
<li><strong>Prepare ahead of time:</strong> We are all busy, but it’s important that you look over a resume before the interview. Pay close attention to employment history and take note of gaps in employment or short stints (less than one year) at companies.</li>
</ul>
<p>You will be able to find just as much information about a person by using legal means to research as compared with asking for their social media accounts. If you would like to learn more about Facebook or other social media sites let us know.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/05/companies-ask-for-facebook-passwords/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>What is Rooting for the Android Tablet?</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/what-is-rooting-for-the-android-tablet/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/what-is-rooting-for-the-android-tablet/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 24 Apr 2012 15:15:42 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Tablet – Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr24_AndroidTablet_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android Tablet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Benefits to rooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Drawbacks to Rooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pros and cons of rooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS-2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Root]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Rooting]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10450</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Android has become one of the most popular operating systems used by tablets. Its openness and customizability have attracted masses of businesses who have grown tired of using devices with restriction. While there are still limitations with Android tablets, they can be circumvented by rooting. Before you root your tablet it’s beneficial to know the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.2549941139295697"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10458" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="AndroidTabled_Apr24_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/AndroidTabled_Apr24_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Android has become one of the most popular operating systems used by tablets. Its openness and customizability have attracted masses of businesses who have grown tired of using devices with restriction. While there are still limitations with Android tablets, they can be circumvented by rooting. </span></p>
<p>Before you root your tablet it’s beneficial to know the pros and cons associated with it.</p>
<p><strong>What is Rooting?</strong><br />
When you buy an Android tablet, it will have limitations placed on the OS by the maker of the tablet to prevent inexperienced users from inadvertently ruining their device. What rooting does is give users access to the basic or “root” level of the tablet, in other words it removes all restrictions placed on the OS. If you’ve heard the term “jailbreaking” for Apple’s products, rooting is akin to that.</p>
<p><strong>Benefits to Rooting</strong><br />
There are a number of upsides to rooting your Android tablet. Some of the most positive features are:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Access to More Applications. </strong>If you root your tablet, you’ll have access to a wide variety of apps not available to unrooted tablets. If you go to the Google Play store, and type in Root you’ll see a list of apps that are only available to rooted tablets. Some of the most useful include ones that allow you to do a full backup of your system or change your layout.</li>
<li>Improved Performance. When you root your tablet, you’ll be able to control its performance. This includes being able to make it open and close apps faster or decrease processor speed which will increase battery life.</li>
<li>Latest Version of OS. Companies that create tablets and devices that use the Android OS are notorious for taking a long time to update the OS. Case in point: Google released Android 4.0 in December 2011 and some devices still haven’t been upgraded. If you root your tablet, you’ll be able to update your device to the newest version of the Android OS by using a ROM &#8211; the most basic level of software that allows your Android device to operate. ROMs are akin to drivers used by computers.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Drawbacks to Rooting</strong><br />
There are some drawbacks to rooting that you should be aware of. The first issue is that if you do root your tablet, the warranty will be voided. If the manufacturer finds that you’ve rooted your device, they could refuse to fix it, forcing you to go to less than reputable dealers.</p>
<p>The second problem is that if rooting is carried out incorrectly you run the risk of “bricking” or “bootlooping” your device. Bricking is when your tablet’s software glitches causing the tablet to stop working, making it about as useful as a brick. Bootlooping is similar to bricking, however your phone will boot up, turn off, boot up and turn off in an endless cycle.</p>
<p>The final downside to rooting is security. There has been an increasing number of malware apps designed specifically for Android devices. If you have a rooted tablet and download apps not from Google Play, there’s a higher chance that the app you download will be infected.</p>
<p><strong>Should I Root?</strong><br />
With both powerful benefits and potentially nasty problems, the question is, “Should you root your tablet?” The answer is a bit ambiguous in that it really depends on what type of user you are. Advanced users who want to micromanage their device will be able to do just that if they root, while users who are happy with their tablet will not see much of a difference.</p>
<p>If you do choose to root your tablet, search the Internet for guides on how to root your device and carefully follow the instructions. Should you like to learn more about rooting, or Android tablets please drop us a line, we’re more than happy to hear from you.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/what-is-rooting-for-the-android-tablet/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Rooting Your Android Tablet: Pros/Cons</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/rooting-your-android-tablet-proscons/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/rooting-your-android-tablet-proscons/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 24 Apr 2012 15:15:39 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Tablet – Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr24_AndroidTablet_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android Tablet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Benefits to rooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Drawbacks to Rooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pros and cons of rooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS-2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Root]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Rooting]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10448</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Android tablets are quickly becoming the go-to tablet for companies and manufacturers. The openness of the OS and the ability to personalize it has major appeal. If you have an Android tablet, or have been reading about them you have probably come across the term “root”. If you’re not quite sure what this means for [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.2549941139295697"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10454" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="AndroidTablet_Apr24_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/AndroidTablet_Apr24_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Android tablets are quickly becoming the go-to tablet for companies and manufacturers. The openness of the OS and the ability to personalize it has major appeal. If you have an Android tablet, or have been reading about them you have probably come across the term “root”. If you’re not quite sure what this means for you and your tablet, we’re here to help. </span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.2549941139295697">Before you root your tablet it’s beneficial to know the pros and cons associated with it.</span></p>
<p><strong>What is Rooting?</strong><br />
When you buy an Android tablet, it will have limitations placed on the OS by the maker of the tablet to prevent inexperienced users from inadvertently ruining their device. What rooting does is give users access to the basic or “root” level of the tablet, in other words it removes all restrictions placed on the OS. If you’ve heard the term “jailbreaking” for Apple’s products, rooting is akin to that.</p>
<p><strong>Benefits to Rooting</strong><br />
There are a number of upsides to rooting your Android tablet. Some of the most positive features are:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Access to More Applications. </strong>If you root your tablet, you’ll have access to a wide variety of apps not available to unrooted tablets. If you go to the Google Play store, and type in Root you’ll see a list of apps that are only available to rooted tablets. Some of the most useful include ones that allow you to do a full backup of your system or change your layout.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Improved Performance. </span>When you root your tablet, you’ll be able to control its performance. This includes being able to make it open and close apps faster or decrease processor speed which will increase battery life.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Latest Version of OS. </span>Companies that create tablets and devices that use the Android OS are notorious for taking a long time to update the OS. Case in point: Google released Android 4.0 in December 2011 and some devices still haven’t been upgraded. If you root your tablet, you’ll be able to update your device to the newest version of the Android OS by using a ROM &#8211; the most basic level of software that allows your Android device to operate. ROMs are akin to drivers used by computers.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Drawbacks to Rooting</strong><br />
There are some drawbacks to rooting that you should be aware of. The first issue is that if you do root your tablet, the warranty will be voided. If the manufacturer finds that you’ve rooted your device, they could refuse to fix it, forcing you to go to less than reputable dealers.</p>
<p>The second problem is that if rooting is carried out incorrectly you run the risk of “bricking” or “bootlooping” your device. Bricking is when your tablet’s software glitches causing the tablet to stop working, making it about as useful as a brick. Bootlooping is similar to bricking, however your phone will boot up, turn off, boot up and turn off in an endless cycle.</p>
<p>The final downside to rooting is security. There has been an increasing number of malware apps designed specifically for Android devices. If you have a rooted tablet and download apps not from Google Play, there’s a higher chance that the app you download will be infected.</p>
<p><strong>Should I Root?</strong><br />
With both powerful benefits and potentially nasty problems, the question is, “Should you root your tablet?” The answer is a bit ambiguous in that it really depends on what type of user you are. Advanced users who want to micromanage their device will be able to do just that if they root, while users who are happy with their tablet will not see much of a difference.</p>
<p>If you do choose to root your tablet, search the Internet for guides on how to root your device and carefully follow the instructions. Should you like to learn more about rooting, or Android tablets please drop us a line, we’re more than happy to hear from you.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/rooting-your-android-tablet-proscons/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Should I Root My Android Tablet?</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/should-i-root-my-android-tablet/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/should-i-root-my-android-tablet/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 24 Apr 2012 15:15:09 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Tablet – Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr24_AndroidTablet_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android Tablet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Benefits to rooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Drawbacks to Rooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pros and cons of rooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS-2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Root]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Rooting]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10449</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[One of last year’s most popular devices is the tablet. Many smartphone and computer manufacturers have released tablets running the Android OS. The Android OS has many useful features including an openness not found on other devices. If you have an Android tablet, you have no doubt heard the term “root” and have probably been [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.2549941139295697"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10456" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="AndroidTablet_Apr24_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/AndroidTablet_Apr24_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />One of last year’s most popular devices is the tablet. Many smartphone and computer manufacturers have released tablets running the Android OS. The Android OS has many useful features including an openness not found on other devices. If you have an Android tablet, you have no doubt heard the term “root” and have probably been wondering if this affects your tablet. </span></p>
<p>Before you root your tablet it’s beneficial to know the pros and cons associated with it.</p>
<p><strong>What is Rooting?</strong><br />
When you buy an Android tablet, it will have limitations placed on the OS by the maker of the tablet to prevent inexperienced users from inadvertently ruining their device. What rooting does is give users access to the basic or “root” level of the tablet, in other words it removes all restrictions placed on the OS. If you’ve heard the term “jailbreaking” for Apple’s products, rooting is akin to that.</p>
<p><strong>Benefits to Rooting</strong><br />
There are a number of upsides to rooting your Android tablet. Some of the most positive features are:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Access to More Applications. </strong>If you root your tablet, you’ll have access to a wide variety of apps not available to unrooted tablets. If you go to the Google Play store, and type in Root you’ll see a list of apps that are only available to rooted tablets. Some of the most useful include ones that allow you to do a full backup of your system or change your layout.</li>
<li>Improved Performance. When you root your tablet, you’ll be able to control its performance. This includes being able to make it open and close apps faster or decrease processor speed which will increase battery life.</li>
<li>Latest Version of OS. Companies that create tablets and devices that use the Android OS are notorious for taking a long time to update the OS. Case in point: Google released Android 4.0 in December 2011 and some devices still haven’t been upgraded. If you root your tablet, you’ll be able to update your device to the newest version of the Android OS by using a ROM &#8211; the most basic level of software that allows your Android device to operate. ROMs are akin to drivers used by computers.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Drawbacks to Rooting</strong><br />
There are some drawbacks to rooting that you should be aware of. The first issue is that if you do root your tablet, the warranty will be voided. If the manufacturer finds that you’ve rooted your device, they could refuse to fix it, forcing you to go to less than reputable dealers.</p>
<p>The second problem is that if rooting is carried out incorrectly you run the risk of “bricking” or “bootlooping” your device. Bricking is when your tablet’s software glitches causing the tablet to stop working, making it about as useful as a brick. Bootlooping is similar to bricking, however your phone will boot up, turn off, boot up and turn off in an endless cycle.</p>
<p>The final downside to rooting is security. There has been an increasing number of malware apps designed specifically for Android devices. If you have a rooted tablet and download apps not from Google Play, there’s a higher chance that the app you download will be infected.</p>
<p><strong>Should I Root?</strong><br />
With both powerful benefits and potentially nasty problems, the question is, “Should you root your tablet?” The answer is a bit ambiguous in that it really depends on what type of user you are. Advanced users who want to micromanage their device will be able to do just that if they root, while users who are happy with their tablet will not see much of a difference.</p>
<p>If you do choose to root your tablet, search the Internet for guides on how to root your device and carefully follow the instructions. Should you like to learn more about rooting, or Android tablets please drop us a line, we’re more than happy to hear from you.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/should-i-root-my-android-tablet/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Why SMEs Should Pursue Virtualization</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/why-smes-should-pursue-virtualization/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/why-smes-should-pursue-virtualization/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 24 Apr 2012 15:00:54 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Virtualization – General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr24_Virtualization_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS-2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Server Efficiency]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Server Virtualization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Virtualization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Virtualization advantages]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Why virtualize]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10426</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you’ve been reading business technology blogs in the past five years, you have undoubtedly come across the term “server virtualization”. Large and medium companies see virtualization as a crucial component of a lean organization, and have adopted it en masse. Small businesses are now in the position to take advantage of virtualization and its [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.4728848161175847"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10434" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Virtualization_Apr24_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/Virtualization_Apr24_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />If you’ve been reading business technology blogs in the past five years, you have undoubtedly come across the term “server virtualization”. Large and medium companies see virtualization as a crucial component of a lean organization, and have adopted it en masse. Small businesses are now in the position to take advantage of virtualization and its associated benefits.</span></p>
<p><span>There are five distinct reasons why you should virtualize your small business systems.</span></p>
<p><strong>Increased Server Efficiency </strong><br />
The main reason to virtualize servers is to centralize computing resources while making them more efficient. With virtualization you can take multiple applications and put them onto one physical server that’s set up to run multiple virtual servers. This means fewer machines commanding less physical space, operating with a higher level of efficiency and a reduction in your capital expenses.</p>
<p><strong>Improved Disaster Recovery</strong><br />
Disaster Recovery &#8211; returning business functions to a normal state after a disaster &#8211; is an important issue for all companies. If a fire destroys your building and servers with it, you face months of rebuilding and an unpredictable amount of lost profit. With virtualization, you can store your servers and data away from the building and be operational in another location in a short time.<strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong>Test Security and Patches </strong><br />
Server virtualization provides the IT department with a virtual environment to test security updates and patches before they are applied to the machines in the organization. If done correctly, your IT department can apply the updates in the virtual environment, observe and fix the problems, then apply to the physical equipment. This results in less downtime when security or update related problems occur.</p>
<p><strong>Reduced Power and Maintenance Costs </strong><br />
When you run fewer servers there are multiple cost savings. Any company who has servers can attest to the cost of powering, cooling and maintaining multiple servers. The costs add up over time, but with virtualization you’ll be running fewer servers which means lower power consumption, cooling and maintenance costs. The decrease in machines also allows the IT department to focus on core business functions rather than spending time on maintenance.</p>
<p><strong>Opportunity for Growth </strong><br />
With proper implementation, virtualization can give you the infrastructure you need to support continued growth, without the need to invest in new technology. A business set up to capitalize on this will definitely see a distinct competitive advantage emerge.</p>
<p>If you have any questions regarding server virtualization or other types of virtualization we’re only a phone call or email away.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/why-smes-should-pursue-virtualization/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>It’s Time For SMEs To Virtualize</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/it%e2%80%99s-time-for-smes-to-virtualize/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/it%e2%80%99s-time-for-smes-to-virtualize/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 24 Apr 2012 15:00:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Virtualization – General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr24_Virtualization_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS-2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Server Efficiency]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Server Virtualization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Virtualization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Virtualization advantages]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Why virtualize]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10425</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[One of the most advantageous technological tools available to companies is server virtualization. Who doesn’t want to get rid of physical servers while at the same time make their organization more efficient? Virtualization has become mainstream for large and medium companies, and now it’s time for small businesses to virtualize. There are five distinct reasons [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.4728848161175847"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10432" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Virtualization_Apr24_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/Virtualization_Apr24_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />One of the most advantageous technological tools available to companies is server virtualization. Who doesn’t want to get rid of physical servers while at the same time make their organization more efficient? Virtualization has become mainstream for large and medium companies, and now it’s time for small businesses to virtualize. </span></p>
<p><span>There are five distinct reasons why you should virtualize your small business systems.</span></p>
<p><strong>Increased Server Efficiency </strong><br />
The main reason to virtualize servers is to centralize computing resources while making them more efficient. With virtualization you can take multiple applications and put them onto one physical server that’s set up to run multiple virtual servers. This means fewer machines commanding less physical space, operating with a higher level of efficiency and a reduction in your capital expenses.</p>
<p><strong>Improved Disaster Recovery</strong><br />
Disaster Recovery &#8211; returning business functions to a normal state after a disaster &#8211; is an important issue for all companies. If a fire destroys your building and servers with it, you face months of rebuilding and an unpredictable amount of lost profit. With virtualization, you can store your servers and data away from the building and be operational in another location in a short time.<strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong>Test Security and Patches </strong><br />
Server virtualization provides the IT department with a virtual environment to test security updates and patches before they are applied to the machines in the organization. If done correctly, your IT department can apply the updates in the virtual environment, observe and fix the problems, then apply to the physical equipment. This results in less downtime when security or update related problems occur.</p>
<p><strong>Reduced Power and Maintenance Costs </strong><br />
When you run fewer servers there are multiple cost savings. Any company who has servers can attest to the cost of powering, cooling and maintaining multiple servers. The costs add up over time, but with virtualization you’ll be running fewer servers which means lower power consumption, cooling and maintenance costs. The decrease in machines also allows the IT department to focus on core business functions rather than spending time on maintenance.</p>
<p><strong>Opportunity for Growth </strong><br />
With proper implementation, virtualization can give you the infrastructure you need to support continued growth, without the need to invest in new technology. A business set up to capitalize on this will definitely see a distinct competitive advantage emerge.</p>
<p>If you have any questions regarding server virtualization or other types of virtualization we’re only a phone call or email away.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/it%e2%80%99s-time-for-smes-to-virtualize/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Want to Virtualize Your Servers?</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/want-to-virtualize-your-servers/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/want-to-virtualize-your-servers/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 24 Apr 2012 15:00:34 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Virtualization – General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr24_Virtualization_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QS-2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Server Efficiency]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Server Virtualization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Virtualization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Virtualization advantages]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Why virtualize]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10424</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Server virtualization is not a new topic, large and medium companies have been virtualizing for the past five to ten years in order to capitalize on the efficiency and bottom line benefits it offers. With the ever increasing availability of servers and decreasing price of technology, virtualization has been made possible for even the smallest [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.4728848161175847"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10430" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Virtualization_Apr24_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/Virtualization_Apr24_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Server virtualization is not a new topic, large and medium companies have been virtualizing for the past five to ten years in order to capitalize on the efficiency and bottom line benefits it offers. With the ever increasing availability of servers and decreasing price of technology, virtualization has been made possible for even the smallest of businesses. </span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.4728848161175847">There are five distinct reasons why you should virtualize your small business systems.</span></p>
<p><strong>Increased Server Efficiency </strong><br />
The main reason to virtualize servers is to centralize computing resources while making them more efficient. With virtualization you can take multiple applications and put them onto one physical server that’s set up to run multiple virtual servers. This means fewer machines commanding less physical space, operating with a higher level of efficiency and a reduction in your capital expenses.</p>
<p><strong>Improved Disaster Recovery</strong><br />
Disaster Recovery &#8211; returning business functions to a normal state after a disaster &#8211; is an important issue for all companies. If a fire destroys your building and servers with it, you face months of rebuilding and an unpredictable amount of lost profit. With virtualization, you can store your servers and data away from the building and be operational in another location in a short time.<strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong>Test Security and Patches </strong><br />
Server virtualization provides the IT department with a virtual environment to test security updates and patches before they are applied to the machines in the organization. If done correctly, your IT department can apply the updates in the virtual environment, observe and fix the problems, then apply to the physical equipment. This results in less downtime when security or update related problems occur.</p>
<p><strong>Reduced Power and Maintenance Costs </strong><br />
When you run fewer servers there are multiple cost savings. Any company who has servers can attest to the cost of powering, cooling and maintaining multiple servers. The costs add up over time, but with virtualization you’ll be running fewer servers which means lower power consumption, cooling and maintenance costs. The decrease in machines also allows the IT department to focus on core business functions rather than spending time on maintenance.</p>
<p><strong>Opportunity for Growth </strong><br />
With proper implementation, virtualization can give you the infrastructure you need to support continued growth, without the need to invest in new technology. A business set up to capitalize on this will definitely see a distinct competitive advantage emerge.</p>
<p>If you have any questions regarding server virtualization or other types of virtualization we’re only a phone call or email away.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/want-to-virtualize-your-servers/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Time is Running Out for Meaningful Use</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/time-is-running-out-for-meaningful-use/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/time-is-running-out-for-meaningful-use/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 Apr 2012 15:00:43 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gloStream Articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr18_gloStream_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EMR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gloDNA]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gloEMR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gloStream]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Meaningful Use]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10415</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you implemented an electronic medical record (EMR) in 2011, you’ll need to start your meaningful use process by July in order to get their attestation done in time. Don’t worry, gloStream can help, thanks to gloEMR and its innovative implementation process, gloDNA. As you probably know by now, healthcare practitioners can earn federal incentives [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.49518780573271215"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10417" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="gloStream_Apr18_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/gloStream_Apr18_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />If you implemented an electronic medical record (EMR) in 2011, you’ll need to start your meaningful use process by July in order to get their attestation done in time. Don’t worry, gloStream can help, thanks to gloEMR and its innovative implementation process, gloDNA.</span></p>
<p>As you probably know by now, healthcare practitioners can earn federal incentives of up to $63,750 for meaningfully using a certified EMR.</p>
<p>To be a meaningful user of a EMR, you’ll need to meet 20 of 25 possible criteria. Some criteria are simple (such as recording demographic data), and some are complex (such as distributing clinical summaries to all patients you see).</p>
<p>The deadline to show compliance for 2012 is October 3, 2012, but it’s trickier than stating a date. That’s because in order to earn your incentives, you’ll have to comply with these meaningful use criteria for 90 days in the initial incentive payment year. So, if you started in 2012, you have to start 90 days prior to October 3, or the beginning of July.</p>
<p>Because you likely need some time to get your EMR set up and begin meeting the meaningful use criteria, you’ll probably want to start thinking about this now.</p>
<p>At gloStream, our EMR, gloEMR, comes with an innovative implementation process called gloDNA, which stands for “gloStream Detailed Needs Analysis.&#8221;  During this process we gather information to help us create an ideal EMR solution you. It’s so proven, we offer a 15-day success guarantee. If we can&#8217;t get your practice back to full patient load within 15 days of your glo-live date, we&#8217;ll refund gloStream software and services.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/time-is-running-out-for-meaningful-use/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Make the Transition to a Connected Organization</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/make-the-transition-to-a-connected-organization/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/make-the-transition-to-a-connected-organization/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 17 Apr 2012 15:30:08 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Dynamics – General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr17_MicrosoftDynamicsGeneral_A]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10406</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Today’s social connectedness, mobile devices and instant interaction, “any time, any place” are changing the way your customers live and work. To remain competitive, your business needs to adapt to the new reality. Connect People Inside and Outside of the Organization Traditional business management applications are passive, backward-looking systems that report on the results of [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.867449733428657"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10408" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="MicrosoftDynamicsGeneral_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/MicrosoftDynamicsGeneral_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Today’s social connectedness, mobile devices and instant interaction, “any time, any place” are changing the way your customers live and work. To remain competitive, your business needs to adapt to the new reality.</span></p>
<p><strong>Connect People Inside and Outside of the Organization</strong><br />
Traditional business management applications are passive, backward-looking systems that report on the results of past activity. That’s no longer enough for businesses that want to actively engage with employees and customers. Systems need to connect information to provide insight into performance, as well as the interactions between people.</p>
<p>Business management systems of the future need to incorporate communication with transactions, helping customers to make the right decisions. Collaboration must be linked to production to coordinate workers who are not in the same room. Reporting has to evolve from tracking past results to visualizing future opportunities.</p>
<p><strong>Unified Business Management</strong><br />
From email to voice to video, from presence to social &#8211; business management solutions, including ERP and CRM, should help connected organizations to:</p>
<ul>
<li>Leverage the exploding number of channels to connect with customers, at the time and place of their choosing.</li>
<li>Create an inclusive, listening organization by extending collaboration scenarios that exist internally to include customers.</li>
<li>Evolve from an organization that engages with individual customers, to one that leverages the crowd to benefit the brand.</li>
</ul>
<p>Connected organizations remove impediments that separate information from the people who need it. They foster internal and external connections that inspire innovation and improve productivity. Unified business management systems support connected businesses by providing insight that people need to make better, more informed decisions.</p>
<p>Microsoft has just released a white paper entitled “Dynamic Business: From Aspiration to Reality” to share the vision of how businesses can adapt to the new social realities. Download the white paper and let’s talk about how business solutions built to support innovation could help you build a connected organization.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/make-the-transition-to-a-connected-organization/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Integration Capabilities Your EMR Needs</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/integration-capabilities-your-emr-needs/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/integration-capabilities-your-emr-needs/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 17 Apr 2012 15:15:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Healthcare]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr17_HealthcareEMRGeneral_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Electronic medical records]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EMR General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SSO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Widget]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10386</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[With the adaptation of Stage 2, companies operating in the electronic medical records will shift their focus from the capture to exchange of health information. One industry insider has recommended 10 things your EMR needs to be truly interoperable. Single sign-on (SSO). Applications tend to proliferate, and if you don&#8217;t allow people to switch between [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.8412834745831788"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10392" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="HealthcareEMR_Apr17_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/HealthcareEMR_Apr17_A.jpg" alt="" width="136" height="136" />With the adaptation of Stage 2, companies operating in the electronic medical records will shift their focus from the capture to exchange of health information. One industry insider has recommended 10 things your EMR needs to be truly interoperable. </span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.8412834745831788"> </span></p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Single sign-on (SSO). </strong>Applications tend to proliferate, and if you don&#8217;t allow people to switch between these applications using a common login and password, users will get frustrated and give up.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Context transitions. </span>As applications grow, and you need to integrate them into an EMR, SSO won’t be enough, because you’ll still lose the “active patient or task&#8221; being performed. You’ll also need to provide for the transition of context between applications.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Widget publishing. </span>EHRs often have hundreds of functions, and if some are exportable or publishable as widgets, they become much easier to integrate into new user interfaces in the future.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Widget consumption. </span>EMRs will become more like containers of cross-application functionality than innate functionality, so consuming widgets will be a basic requirement.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Mash-ups. </span>EMRs should allow access to their content through the content management interoperability services (CMIS) standard, thereby allowing users to unlock content they have in various health records.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Customizable dashboards. </span>EMRs should provide dashboards that can be tailored by organization, user role, or even user.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Interactive Voice Response (IVR). </span>IVR, which allows an EMR to interact with users through phones and other voice systems, such as Skype, will improve collaboration with patients and other physicians who aren’t at a computer.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Voice recognition. </span>This will help users conduct EMR tasks more efficiently.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Natural language understanding. </span>Because most EMR data is entered by humans, an EMR must integrate with systems that can convert the spoken word or typed text to structured data.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Customizable data import and export. </span>A good EMR must allow customizable importing and exporting of simple lists in common formats, such as Excel, CSV and XML.</li>
</ol>
<p>Details about these tips, and an additional two not discussed above, can be found<a href="http://www.healthcareitnews.com/news/12-integration-capabilities-ehrs-will-need-have"> here</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/integration-capabilities-your-emr-needs/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Your EMR Needs Integration Capabilities</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/your-emr-needs-integration-capabilities/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/your-emr-needs-integration-capabilities/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 17 Apr 2012 15:15:35 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Healthcare]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr17_HealthcareEMRGeneral_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Electronic medical records]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EMR General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SSO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Widget]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10387</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Stage 2 is coming, and the focus of the electronic medical record (EMR) community is shifting from the capture, to the exchange of health information. According to one industry insider, when it comes to true interoperability, here are 10 things your EMR may need: Single sign-on (SSO). Applications tend to proliferate, and if you don&#8217;t [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.8412834745831788"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10394" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="HealthcareEMR_Apr17_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/HealthcareEMR_Apr17_B.jpg" alt="" width="153" height="153" />Stage 2 is coming, and the focus of the electronic medical record (EMR) community is shifting from the capture, to the exchange of health information. According to one industry insider, when it comes to true interoperability, here are 10 things your EMR may need:</span></p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Single sign-on (SSO). </strong>Applications tend to proliferate, and if you don&#8217;t allow people to switch between these applications using a common login and password, users will get frustrated and give up.</li>
<li><strong>Context transitions.</strong> As applications grow, and you need to integrate them into an EMR, SSO won’t be enough, because you’ll still lose the “active patient or task&#8221; being performed. You’ll also need to provide for the transition of context between applications.</li>
<li><strong>Widget publishing.</strong> EHRs often have hundreds of functions, and if some are exportable or publishable as widgets, they become much easier to integrate into new user interfaces in the future.</li>
<li><strong>Widget consumption. </strong>EMRs will become more like containers of cross-application functionality than innate functionality, so consuming widgets will be a basic requirement.</li>
<li><strong>Mash-ups.</strong> EMRs should allow access to their content through the content management interoperability services (CMIS) standard, thereby allowing users to unlock content they have in various health records.</li>
<li><strong>Customizable dashboards.</strong> EMRs should provide dashboards that can be tailored by organization, user role, or even user.</li>
<li><strong>Interactive Voice Response (IVR).</strong> IVR, which allows an EMR to interact with users through phones and other voice systems, such as Skype, will improve collaboration with patients and other physicians who aren’t at a computer.</li>
<li><strong>Voice recognition.</strong> This will help users conduct EMR tasks more efficiently.</li>
<li><strong>Natural language understanding.</strong> Because most EMR data is entered by humans, an EMR must integrate with systems that can convert the spoken word or typed text to structured data.</li>
<li><strong>Customizable data import and export.</strong> A good EMR must allow customizable importing and exporting of simple lists in common formats, such as Excel, CSV and XML.</li>
</ol>
<p>Details about these tips, and an additional two not discussed above, can be found<a href="http://www.healthcareitnews.com/news/12-integration-capabilities-ehrs-will-need-have"> here</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/your-emr-needs-integration-capabilities/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Creating a Strategic IT Plan &#8211; Five Tips</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/creating-a-strategic-it-plan-five-tips/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/creating-a-strategic-it-plan-five-tips/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 17 Apr 2012 15:00:15 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Healthcare IT]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr17_GeneralHealthcareIT_A]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10367</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In order for your IT department to be successful, you need a strategic plan that will both optimize your workflow and help to define your practice’s needs. The well thought out and executed plan will exhibit a focus on the experiences of your staff and patients. Here are five considerations that can help you develop [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.8412834745831788"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10372" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="HealthcareGeneral_Apr17_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/HealthcareGeneral_Apr17_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />In order for your IT department to be successful, you need a strategic plan that will both optimize your workflow and help to define your practice’s needs. The well thought out and executed plan will exhibit a focus on the experiences of your staff and patients. Here are five considerations that can help you develop your strategic IT plan. </span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.8412834745831788"> </span></p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Improve the patient experience.</strong> Many healthcare practitioners consider the patient experience a major challenge, yet don’t give much thought to how IT can improve it. Consider what you can do electronically to support patients, whether they&#8217;re in your facility or not. Electronic forms? Email and text message reminders and confirmations? Kiosks?</li>
<li><strong>Consider best practices.</strong> Technology can help you get to know your patients better. The Web, for example, can be used as a first point of engagement. Ask a few questions of visitors, then tailor your responses to their needs. A patient interested in a first consultation would receive different information than one preparing for his or her first round of cancer treatment.</li>
<li><strong>Don’t forget the staff!</strong> Your staff needs successful workflows to interact effectively with patients. Common errors are multiple devices and different logins. Keep in mind how clinicians work to develop efficiencies. Your staff needs to be able to provide clinical care without being tied to a PC.</li>
<li><strong>Use social media.</strong> Social media often isn’t included in IT planning, as it’s usually more of a marketing consideration. Without thinking about how it will be used, it will become difficult for patients and staff to have a singular experience. Your IT department needs to work with other departments to develop a social media plan that will yield a consistent presentation to the end user.</li>
<li><strong>Use integrative planning.</strong> Typically, IT does its strategic planning in isolation. Ideally though, IT would plan with other departments. This “integrative planning” allows for a consistent plan supported by all parts of the practice.</li>
</ol>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/creating-a-strategic-it-plan-five-tips/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Tips for Creating a Strategic IT Plan</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/tips-for-creating-a-strategic-it-plan/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/tips-for-creating-a-strategic-it-plan/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 17 Apr 2012 15:00:09 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Healthcare IT]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr17_GeneralHealthcareIT_B]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10368</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The success of your IT depends on a strategic plan that defines your practice’s needs and looks to optimize your workflow. Ideally this plan will focus on both the patient and staff experience. Here are five considerations that can help get you started. Improve the patient experience. Many healthcare practitioners consider the patient experience a [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.8412834745831788"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10375" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="HealthcareGeneral_Apr17_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/HealthcareGeneral_Apr17_B.jpg" alt="" width="122" height="122" />The success of your IT depends on a strategic plan that defines your practice’s needs and looks to optimize your workflow. Ideally this plan will focus on both the patient and staff experience. Here are five considerations that can help get you started.</span></p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Improve the patient experience.</strong> Many healthcare practitioners consider the patient experience a major challenge, yet don’t give much thought to how IT can improve it. Consider what you can do electronically to support patients, whether they&#8217;re in your facility or not. Electronic forms? Email and text message reminders and confirmations? Kiosks?</li>
<li><strong>Consider best practices.</strong> Technology can help you get to know your patients better. The Web, for example, can be used as a first point of engagement. Ask a few questions of visitors, then tailor your responses to their needs. A patient interested in a first consultation would receive different information than one preparing for his or her first round of cancer treatment.</li>
<li><strong>Don’t forget the staff!</strong> Your staff needs successful workflows to interact effectively with patients. Common errors are multiple devices and different logins. Keep in mind how clinicians work to develop efficiencies. Your staff needs to be able to provide clinical care without being tied to a PC.</li>
<li><strong>Use social media.</strong> Social media often isn’t included in IT planning, as it’s usually more of a marketing consideration. Without thinking about how it will be used, it will become difficult for patients and staff to have a singular experience. Your IT department needs to work with other departments to develop a social media plan that will yield a consistent presentation to the end user.</li>
<li><strong>Use integrative planning.</strong> Typically, IT does its strategic planning in isolation. Ideally though, IT would plan with other departments. This “integrative planning” allows for a consistent plan supported by all parts of the practice.</li>
</ol>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/tips-for-creating-a-strategic-it-plan/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Get Your Business Ready for VoIP</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/get-your-business-ready-for-voip/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/get-your-business-ready-for-voip/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Apr 2012 15:15:27 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VoIP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr12_VoIP_C]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10353</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Technology has advanced at a rapid pace over the past 30 years, with many devices moving from physical systems to digital versions, including one of the most useful: the telephone. While the use of landlines is still prevalent among some businesses, many have started to turn to the digital version, Voice over Internet Protocol, or [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.2028345288708806"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10361" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="VoIP_Apr12_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/VoIP_Apr12_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Technology has advanced at a rapid pace over the past 30 years, with many devices moving from physical systems to digital versions, including one of the most useful: the telephone. While the use of landlines is still prevalent among some businesses, many have started to turn to the digital version, Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP. </span></p>
<p><span>VoIP has become the main backbone of voice communication for a growing majority of companies, offering numerous benefits including potentially large cost savings, and decreased maintenance costs. When it was first introduced, the technology needed to run a VoIP system was expensive, limiting it to MNCs and other large organizations. However, over the past few years, the technology has come down in price and is now available for next to nothing, allowing SMEs to make the switch to VoIP. If your company is thinking of ringing the changes, there are some necessary requirements you should meet before you migrate.</span></p>
<p><strong>Foundation</strong><br />
A solid foundation for VoIP is key, as without a good foundation you’ll find that network speed and call quality are poor during heavy use. Most SMEs aim for a VoIP system that can handle around 10 employees on the phone at any given time. Before you start the integration, you should track your current call volume by keeping a note of the number of calls in and out, while paying close attention to call volume during peak hours and days.</p>
<p>You should also investigate the speed and stability of your current Internet connection. While a fast DSL or cable connection is good for browsing, it may not be robust enough to handle VoIP communications, which need a connection that is both quick and stable. Look at your downstream (traffic into your network) and upstream (traffic out of your network) connection speed during a time when the network is experiencing heavy data use. Anything over 1.5 Mbps in both directions should be enough to handle the majority of VoIP systems. Most Internet service providers offer a connection speed well above that, but it’s important to check it out first.</p>
<p><strong>Framing </strong><br />
When you have a solid foundation that will support your needs, the next step is building the frame for VoIP. You should determine exactly what’s required from your new system. Some good questions to ask include: Am I going to need to make international calls? How many VoIP connections am I going to need? Am I going to want to make video calls? What’s my budget?</p>
<p>Once you’ve determined your needs you can move on to picking equipment. If you’re a business that typically sticks to local, and some long distance calls, you shouldn’t require much in the way of equipment. The vast majority of companies use a device called a media gateway that allows normal phones to interface with an Internet connection &#8211; essentially turning a regular phone into a VoIP phone. If you’re a business that would like to take advantage of the more advanced features of VoIP, like portability, you’ll need more state-of-the-art equipment.</p>
<p>The final issue you need to address is security. On its own, VoIP is not the most secure of connections, as it’s open to all the same types of security breaches that computers and networks can fall prey to. To combat this, many good VoIP service providers will have security measures in place to protect VoIP calls on their network. On your end, it also helps to keep your Internet security up-to-date and conduct regular system scans.</p>
<p>Once you’ve addressed the internal requirements it’s time to start looking for a VoIP service provider. Take your time, shop around, ask competitors and other businesses what service they use. One question to ask a prospective provider is if they will be able to migrate your current number onto their system? While most can switch over your existing numbers, it can take a while, depending on your location and local legislation. So be sure to check if the provider can migrate your numbers and how long it will take.</p>
<p>From there, you should be ready to switch over to VoIP. If you’re still unsure of the process, there are consultants available who can help with the preparation, selection and integration. Good luck, and if you need more information about VoIP, we are here to help you.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/get-your-business-ready-for-voip/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Tips to Prepare for the Switch to VoIP</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/tips-to-prepare-for-the-switch-to-voip/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/tips-to-prepare-for-the-switch-to-voip/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Apr 2012 15:15:23 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VoIP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr12_VoIP_A]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10351</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Communication is arguably the single most important aspect to a successful business. One of the most familiar forms of communication is the telephone, and with advances in technology, it’s unsurprisingly gone digital. The most commonly used digital voice system being Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP. VoIP has become the main backbone of voice communication [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.2028345288708806"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10357" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="VoIP_Apr12_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/VoIP_Apr12_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Communication is arguably the single most important aspect to a successful business. One of the most familiar forms of communication is the telephone, and with advances in technology, it’s unsurprisingly gone digital. The most commonly used digital voice system being Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP. </span></p>
<p><span><span id="internal-source-marker_0.2028345288708806">VoIP has become the main backbone of voice communication for a growing majority of companies, offering numerous benefits including potentially large cost savings, and decreased maintenance costs. When it was first introduced, the technology needed to run a VoIP system was expensive, limiting it to MNCs and other large organizations. However, over the past few years, the technology has come down in price and is now available for next to nothing, allowing SMEs to make the switch to VoIP. If your company is thinking of ringing the changes, there are some necessary requirements you should meet before you migrate.</span></span></p>
<p><strong>Foundation</strong><br />
A solid foundation for VoIP is key, as without a good foundation you’ll find that network speed and call quality are poor during heavy use. Most SMEs aim for a VoIP system that can handle around 10 employees on the phone at any given time. Before you start the integration, you should track your current call volume by keeping a note of the number of calls in and out, while paying close attention to call volume during peak hours and days.</p>
<p>You should also investigate the speed and stability of your current Internet connection. While a fast DSL or cable connection is good for browsing, it may not be robust enough to handle VoIP communications, which need a connection that is both quick and stable. Look at your downstream (traffic into your network) and upstream (traffic out of your network) connection speed during a time when the network is experiencing heavy data use. Anything over 1.5 Mbps in both directions should be enough to handle the majority of VoIP systems. Most Internet service providers offer a connection speed well above that, but it’s important to check it out first.</p>
<p><strong>Framing </strong><br />
When you have a solid foundation that will support your needs, the next step is building the frame for VoIP. You should determine exactly what’s required from your new system. Some good questions to ask include: Am I going to need to make international calls? How many VoIP connections am I going to need? Am I going to want to make video calls? What’s my budget?</p>
<p>Once you’ve determined your needs you can move on to picking equipment. If you’re a business that typically sticks to local, and some long distance calls, you shouldn’t require much in the way of equipment. The vast majority of companies use a device called a media gateway that allows normal phones to interface with an Internet connection &#8211; essentially turning a regular phone into a VoIP phone. If you’re a business that would like to take advantage of the more advanced features of VoIP, like portability, you’ll need more state-of-the-art equipment.</p>
<p>The final issue you need to address is security. On its own, VoIP is not the most secure of connections, as it’s open to all the same types of security breaches that computers and networks can fall prey to. To combat this, many good VoIP service providers will have security measures in place to protect VoIP calls on their network. On your end, it also helps to keep your Internet security up-to-date and conduct regular system scans.</p>
<p>Once you’ve addressed the internal requirements it’s time to start looking for a VoIP service provider. Take your time, shop around, ask competitors and other businesses what service they use. One question to ask a prospective provider is if they will be able to migrate your current number onto their system? While most can switch over your existing numbers, it can take a while, depending on your location and local legislation. So be sure to check if the provider can migrate your numbers and how long it will take.</p>
<p>From there, you should be ready to switch over to VoIP. If you’re still unsure of the process, there are consultants available who can help with the preparation, selection and integration. Good luck, and if you need more information about VoIP, we are here to help you.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/tips-to-prepare-for-the-switch-to-voip/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Continuity Plan: Software or Templates?</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/continuity-plan-software-or-templates/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/continuity-plan-software-or-templates/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Apr 2012 15:00:57 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Business Continuity – News & General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr12_BusinessContinuity_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[BCP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[BCP Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[BCP Templates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Business Continuity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[business continuity plan]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10318</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[With the increasing severity of natural disasters in recent years, many larger companies have started to develop and implement a continuity plan to ensure that they can still conduct business, no matter what happens. Businesses in the process of developing a plan will eventually need to decide if they want to use software or templates? [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.9264201081823558"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10324" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="BCP_Apr12_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/BCP_Apr12_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />With the increasing severity of natural disasters in recent years, many larger companies have started to develop and implement a continuity plan to ensure that they can still conduct business, no matter what happens. Businesses in the process of developing a plan will eventually need to decide if they want to use software or templates?</span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.9264201081823558"><span id="internal-source-marker_0.9264201081823558"><span style="font-weight: normal;">The decision between templates and software can be a tough one to make, as whichever one you choose, you’ll be using and relying on for a long time. To help you we’ve covered some pros and cons on both choices: </span></span></span></p>
<p><strong>Using Software</strong><br />
If you choose to go with a software program, you will be walked through the whole process allowing you to develop a useable plan. Another benefit of using software is that you’ll be able to develop reports if needs be.</p>
<p>The drawbacks of using software include cost, inflexibility and learning time. For the most part, business continuity planning software is not cheap, and at times can be inflexible due to limits within the program. If you have a niche need, the software may not cover it. In addition, as with mastering any program, the learning curve can be quite steep.</p>
<p>In general, using software would be advantageous for companies that have a bigger budget for the development of a continuity plan. Software is also a good bet if you don’t have staff who are experts in continuity planning, or if you operate in an industry where a continuity plan is necessary, e.g., companies working with healthcare insurance, or manufacturing companies that have introduced ISO 9000.</p>
<p><strong>Using Templates </strong><br />
If you feel that your company is not ready for software you can use templates to help you develop your plan. These solutions are mostly written plans that you adapt to meet your business needs. They’re useful if you’re just starting to do continuity planning, as they provide a normally solid foundation, and are generally a lot cheaper than software.</p>
<p>A limitation to using templates is that they can be a little too basic at times, and may not meet your needs. Granted, most plans will follow a basic structure and your developer will need to adapt some steps for your relevant region and industry.</p>
<p>As each industry is different, it’s hard to make a recommendation on what type of planning style companies should take. We recommend you take your time, do your due diligence and weigh out what’s best for your business. No matter which method you choose to go ahead with, ensure that it’s easy to implement, and that you’ll be able to teach your staff how to run the plan.</p>
<p>If you feel really lost or are not sure what to do, talking to professional consultants could go a long way in helping you develop a plan. If you’d like to learn more about business continuity planning please contact us &#8211; we are happy to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/continuity-plan-software-or-templates/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>BCP Roadblock: Software or Template?</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/bcp-roadblock-software-or-template-2/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/bcp-roadblock-software-or-template-2/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Apr 2012 15:00:40 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Business Continuity – News & General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr12_BusinessContinuity_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[BCP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[BCP Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[BCP Templates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Business Continuity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[business continuity plan]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10341</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Business continuity planning &#8211; an important consideration companies have been looking into, and adopting in increasing numbers. It’s vital that businesses can operate in any condition and that they won’t be affected by disasters. One of the steps in implementing a successful protection strategy involves working out whether to use software or templates. The decision [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.9264201081823558"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10342" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="BCP_Apr12_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/BCP_Apr12_B1.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Business continuity planning &#8211; an important consideration companies have been looking into, and adopting in increasing numbers. It’s vital that businesses can operate in any condition and that they won’t be affected by disasters. One of the steps in implementing a successful protection strategy involves working out whether to use software or templates.</span></p>
<p><span><span id="internal-source-marker_0.9264201081823558">The decision between templates and software can be a tough one to make, as whichever one you choose, you’ll be using and relying on for a long time. To help you we’ve covered some pros and cons on both choices:</span></span></p>
<p><strong>Using Software</strong><br />
If you choose to go with a software program, you will be walked through the whole process allowing you to develop a useable plan. Another benefit of using software is that you’ll be able to develop reports if needs be.</p>
<p>The drawbacks of using software include cost, inflexibility and learning time. For the most part, business continuity planning software is not cheap, and at times can be inflexible due to limits within the program. If you have a niche need, the software may not cover it. In addition, as with mastering any program, the learning curve can be quite steep.</p>
<p>In general, using software would be advantageous for companies that have a bigger budget for the development of a continuity plan. Software is also a good bet if you don’t have staff who are experts in continuity planning, or if you operate in an industry where a continuity plan is necessary, e.g., companies working with healthcare insurance, or manufacturing companies that have introduced ISO 9000.</p>
<p><strong>Using Templates </strong><br />
If you feel that your company is not ready for software you can use templates to help you develop your plan. These solutions are mostly written plans that you adapt to meet your business needs. They’re useful if you’re just starting to do continuity planning, as they provide a normally solid foundation, and are generally a lot cheaper than software.</p>
<p>A limitation to using templates is that they can be a little too basic at times, and may not meet your needs. Granted, most plans will follow a basic structure and your developer will need to adapt some steps for your relevant region and industry.</p>
<p>As each industry is different, it’s hard to make a recommendation on what type of planning style companies should take. We recommend you take your time, do your due diligence and weigh out what’s best for your business. No matter which method you choose to go ahead with, ensure that it’s easy to implement, and that you’ll be able to teach your staff how to run the plan.</p>
<p>If you feel really lost or are not sure what to do, talking to professional consultants could go a long way in helping you develop a plan. If you’d like to learn more about business continuity planning please contact us &#8211; we are happy to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/bcp-roadblock-software-or-template-2/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Software or Template? A BCP Roadblock</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/software-or-template-a-bcp-roadblock/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/software-or-template-a-bcp-roadblock/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Apr 2012 15:00:22 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Business Continuity – News & General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr12_BusinessContinuity_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[BCP]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[BCP Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[BCP Templates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Business Continuity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[business continuity plan]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10320</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[One issue that’s gaining steam, especially with SMEs, is business continuity planning. Many companies are starting to develop plans so that they can continue to operate through both problems large and small. If you’re one such company, and are stuck at the point where you need to choose between software and templates, we have some [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.9264201081823558"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10328" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="BCP_Apr12_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/BCP_Apr12_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />One issue that’s gaining steam, especially with SMEs, is business continuity planning. Many companies are starting to develop plans so that they can continue to operate through both problems large and small. If you’re one such company, and are stuck at the point where you need to choose between software and templates, we have some advice for you. </span></p>
<p><span>The decision between templates and software can be a tough one to make, as whichever one you choose, you’ll be using and relying on for a long time. To help you we’ve covered some pros and cons on both choices:</span></p>
<p><strong>Using Software</strong><br />
If you choose to go with a software program, you will be walked through the whole process allowing you to develop a useable plan. Another benefit of using software is that you’ll be able to develop reports if needs be.</p>
<p>The drawbacks of using software include cost, inflexibility and learning time. For the most part, business continuity planning software is not cheap, and at times can be inflexible due to limits within the program. If you have a niche need, the software may not cover it. In addition, as with mastering any program, the learning curve can be quite steep.</p>
<p>In general, using software would be advantageous for companies that have a bigger budget for the development of a continuity plan. Software is also a good bet if you don’t have staff who are experts in continuity planning, or if you operate in an industry where a continuity plan is necessary, e.g., companies working with healthcare insurance, or manufacturing companies that have introduced ISO 9000.</p>
<p><strong>Using Templates </strong><br />
If you feel that your company is not ready for software you can use templates to help you develop your plan. These solutions are mostly written plans that you adapt to meet your business needs. They’re useful if you’re just starting to do continuity planning, as they provide a normally solid foundation, and are generally a lot cheaper than software.</p>
<p>A limitation to using templates is that they can be a little too basic at times, and may not meet your needs. Granted, most plans will follow a basic structure and your developer will need to adapt some steps for your relevant region and industry.</p>
<p>As each industry is different, it’s hard to make a recommendation on what type of planning style companies should take. We recommend you take your time, do your due diligence and weigh out what’s best for your business. No matter which method you choose to go ahead with, ensure that it’s easy to implement, and that you’ll be able to teach your staff how to run the plan.</p>
<p>If you feel really lost or are not sure what to do, talking to professional consultants could go a long way in helping you develop a plan. If you’d like to learn more about business continuity planning please contact us &#8211; we are happy to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/software-or-template-a-bcp-roadblock/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Watch Out! Cloud &amp; P2P Security Risk</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/watch-out-cloud-p2p-security-risk/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/watch-out-cloud-p2p-security-risk/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 11 Apr 2012 15:15:41 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security – News and General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr11_Security_A]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Megaupload]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[p2p]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[P2P Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Risks of File Sharing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10294</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In the past five years, there has been a significant rise in the sharing of files and information between computer users. Many businesses have also taken to sharing files using cloud services and peer-to-peer (P2P) networks, allowing users to share files with each other over the Internet. This brings about a number of issues, both [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7377756051719189"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10300" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Security_Apr11_A" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/Security_Apr11_A.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />In the past five years, there has been a significant rise in the sharing of files and information between computer users. Many businesses have also taken to sharing files using cloud services and peer-to-peer (P2P) networks, allowing users to share files with each other over the Internet. This brings about a number of issues, both with file recoverability and overall security.</span></p>
<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7377756051719189">With the seizure of a number of cloud storage and sharing websites, including Megaupload, and the seemingly omnipresent malware in P2P files and the shaky security in relation to P2P networks, businesses have had their hands full staying secure. Do you know what your options are when it comes to data security?</span></p>
<p><strong>Cloud Services Knowhow </strong><br />
The recent seizure of Megaupload’s files and servers by the US Government caught many people and businesses unprepared. While Megaupload’s main purpose was file sharing, it was found that a large number of organizations were using their services to store files. If you had files stored on Megaupload, the chances of getting the files back are non-existent.</p>
<p>It needs to be pointed out that many cloud services don’t guarantee that files stored on the service will be recoverable in the event of a crash, or disruption in service, e.g., a government seizing servers. If you read the user agreements of a number of major cloud services, they all have clauses stating that if data stored on their service is lost for any reason, it’s gone forever, and the hosts can’t be held liable for losses.</p>
<p><strong>Risks of P2P</strong><br />
With high speed Internet widely available at low prices, P2P file sharing has become incredibly popular, it’s almost uncommon to find someone who has never used a P2P service. If you or your employees use P2P at your office, there are a number of potential security threats you should be aware of:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>The unknown share: </strong>If you put a file in a folder that is shared on a P2P network, it’ll be shared with all other people connected to that folder and almost anyone can access it. This is normally done by mistake, i.e., not looking where the file will be saved when you save it. There’s also malware out there that will move files into a shared folder which the developer of the malware can find and upload with ease and without the user knowing it is happening.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Open network: </span>Typically P2P works on open networks: users give and share. What this means is that when using P2P on a poorly configured network, the whole network could be unsecure, allowing for access to other computers connected to the network.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Untracked data: </span>If you share a document with another person, and they then share it with others, there is potentially, an unlimited amount of people that can get the data. If you want to take it back, it can be impossible to do so, even if the original document is deleted.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: bold;">Storage hijacking: </span>There’s news of malware that has been developed with the purpose of downloading illegal material onto your hard drive. This could pose a problem if the data is found, as you will be liable.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>What Should I do? </strong><br />
With regards to cloud services, as with anything that comes with a contract, the first thing you should do is gain an understanding of it by utilizing reading material such as blogs, news articles and Wikis. It’s a pain in the neck, but it’ll help you understand the boundaries of the program and your responsibilities. Remember that if you go to court to get files back from a company, and it becomes known that you didn’t read the agreement, you’ll probably end up losing that case.</p>
<p>Second, it’s not recommended to keep single copies of data on one cloud service. Chances are high that in your business, you store your data and backups in a place separate from the computer. This makes sense with the cloud as well &#8211; keep your data with a number of different cloud services. If it’s important enough, have physical backups of what you put in the cloud.</p>
<p>For P2P networks there are also a number of steps you can take to protect the data on your network:</p>
<ul>
<li>The most obvious one is to ban employees from using any file sharing services outside of your network.</li>
<li>If you do allow file sharing, it’s a good idea to establish and strictly enforce a protocol for this. You should also set which users are allowed to share files, and what files are appropriate to share. Be sure that all staff are aware of your policy and the measures that will be taken in the event of any deviations.</li>
<li>Develop a system to classify documents by whether or not they can be shared, and who they can be shared with.</li>
<li>If you work in an office where you need to share files, but don’t want to use a P2P network or the cloud, and are unsure of other solutions out there, don’t worry. There are companies that specialize in document sharing solutions that should be able to provide you with assistance.</li>
</ul>
<p>The most important thing is that whatever the situation is, you take action to try to solve the problem while frequently revisiting the actions to ensure that they are working. If you’d like to learn more about document sharing over the cloud, or via P2P networks, give us a buzz. We’re more than happy to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/watch-out-cloud-p2p-security-risk/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Risks of P2P and Cloud Storage</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/risks-of-p2p-and-cloud-storage/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/risks-of-p2p-and-cloud-storage/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 11 Apr 2012 15:15:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security – News and General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr11_Security_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Megaupload]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[p2p]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[P2P Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Risks of File Sharing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10295</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Peer-to-peer networking (P2P) and cloud storage services have both been hot topics in the news lately. Whether it’s about the seizure of servers or security threats, both have been causing businesses problems with regards to recoverability and security of data. Does your company use P2P or cloud storage? If so, there are a number of [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7377756051719189"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10302" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Security_Apr11_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/Security_Apr11_B.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Peer-to-peer networking (P2P) and cloud storage services have both been hot topics in the news lately. Whether it’s about the seizure of servers or security threats, both have been causing businesses problems with regards to recoverability and security of data. Does your company use P2P or cloud storage? If so, there are a number of things you should be aware of. </span></p>
<p>With the seizure of a number of cloud storage and sharing websites, including Megaupload, and the seemingly omnipresent malware in P2P files and the shaky security in relation to P2P networks, businesses have had their hands full staying secure. Do you know what your options are when it comes to data security?</p>
<p><strong>Cloud Services Knowhow </strong><br />
The recent seizure of Megaupload’s files and servers by the US Government caught many people and businesses unprepared. While Megaupload’s main purpose was file sharing, it was found that a large number of organizations were using their services to store files. If you had files stored on Megaupload, the chances of getting the files back are non-existent.</p>
<p>It needs to be pointed out that many cloud services don’t guarantee that files stored on the service will be recoverable in the event of a crash, or disruption in service, e.g., a government seizing servers. If you read the user agreements of a number of major cloud services, they all have clauses stating that if data stored on their service is lost for any reason, it’s gone forever, and the hosts can’t be held liable for losses.</p>
<p><strong>Risks of P2P</strong><br />
With high speed Internet widely available at low prices, P2P file sharing has become incredibly popular, it’s almost uncommon to find someone who has never used a P2P service. If you or your employees use P2P at your office, there are a number of potential security threats you should be aware of:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>The unknown share: </strong>If you put a file in a folder that is shared on a P2P network, it’ll be shared with all other people connected to that folder and almost anyone can access it. This is normally done by mistake, i.e., not looking where the file will be saved when you save it. There’s also malware out there that will move files into a shared folder which the developer of the malware can find and upload with ease and without the user knowing it is happening.</li>
<li>Open network: Typically P2P works on open networks: users give and share. What this means is that when using P2P on a poorly configured network, the whole network could be unsecure, allowing for access to other computers connected to the network.</li>
<li>Untracked data: If you share a document with another person, and they then share it with others, there is potentially, an unlimited amount of people that can get the data. If you want to take it back, it can be impossible to do so, even if the original document is deleted.</li>
<li>Storage hijacking: There’s news of malware that has been developed with the purpose of downloading illegal material onto your hard drive. This could pose a problem if the data is found, as you will be liable.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>What Should I do? </strong><br />
With regards to cloud services, as with anything that comes with a contract, the first thing you should do is gain an understanding of it by utilizing reading material such as blogs, news articles and Wikis. It’s a pain in the neck, but it’ll help you understand the boundaries of the program and your responsibilities. Remember that if you go to court to get files back from a company, and it becomes known that you didn’t read the agreement, you’ll probably end up losing that case.</p>
<p>Second, it’s not recommended to keep single copies of data on one cloud service. Chances are high that in your business, you store your data and backups in a place separate from the computer. This makes sense with the cloud as well &#8211; keep your data with a number of different cloud services. If it’s important enough, have physical backups of what you put in the cloud.</p>
<p>For P2P networks there are also a number of steps you can take to protect the data on your network:</p>
<ul>
<li>The most obvious one is to ban employees from using any file sharing services outside of your network.</li>
<li>If you do allow file sharing, it’s a good idea to establish and strictly enforce a protocol for this. You should also set which users are allowed to share files, and what files are appropriate to share. Be sure that all staff are aware of your policy and the measures that will be taken in the event of any deviations.</li>
<li>Develop a system to classify documents by whether or not they can be shared, and who they can be shared with.</li>
<li>If you work in an office where you need to share files, but don’t want to use a P2P network or the cloud, and are unsure of other solutions out there, don’t worry. There are companies that specialize in document sharing solutions that should be able to provide you with assistance.</li>
</ul>
<p>The most important thing is that whatever the situation is, you take action to try to solve the problem while frequently revisiting the actions to ensure that they are working. If you’d like to learn more about document sharing over the cloud, or via P2P networks, give us a buzz. We’re more than happy to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/risks-of-p2p-and-cloud-storage/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>P2P and Cloud Storage Can Have Risk</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/p2p-and-cloud-storage-can-have-risk/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/p2p-and-cloud-storage-can-have-risk/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 11 Apr 2012 15:15:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security – News and General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr11_Security_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Megaupload]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[p2p]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[P2P Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Risks of File Sharing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10296</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Does your company use cloud storage services or peer-to-peer (P2P) networks for the storage and sharing of data? Many businesses are now using both these services in an effort to make work less complicated. But did you know that there are potential issues in relation to recoverability and security of data? With the seizure of [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.7377756051719189"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10304" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="Security_Apr11_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/Security_Apr11_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Does your company use cloud storage services or peer-to-peer (P2P) networks for the storage and sharing of data? Many businesses are now using both these services in an effort to make work less complicated. But did you know that there are potential issues in relation to recoverability and security of data? </span></p>
<p>With the seizure of a number of cloud storage and sharing websites, including Megaupload, and the seemingly omnipresent malware in P2P files and the shaky security in relation to P2P networks, businesses have had their hands full staying secure. Do you know what your options are when it comes to data security?</p>
<p><strong>Cloud Services Knowhow </strong><br />
The recent seizure of Megaupload’s files and servers by the US Government caught many people and businesses unprepared. While Megaupload’s main purpose was file sharing, it was found that a large number of organizations were using their services to store files. If you had files stored on Megaupload, the chances of getting the files back are non-existent.</p>
<p>It needs to be pointed out that many cloud services don’t guarantee that files stored on the service will be recoverable in the event of a crash, or disruption in service, e.g., a government seizing servers. If you read the user agreements of a number of major cloud services, they all have clauses stating that if data stored on their service is lost for any reason, it’s gone forever, and the hosts can’t be held liable for losses.</p>
<p><strong>Risks of P2P</strong><br />
With high speed Internet widely available at low prices, P2P file sharing has become incredibly popular, it’s almost uncommon to find someone who has never used a P2P service. If you or your employees use P2P at your office, there are a number of potential security threats you should be aware of:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>The unknown share: </strong>If you put a file in a folder that is shared on a P2P network, it’ll be shared with all other people connected to that folder and almost anyone can access it. This is normally done by mistake, i.e., not looking where the file will be saved when you save it. There’s also malware out there that will move files into a shared folder which the developer of the malware can find and upload with ease and without the user knowing it is happening.</li>
<li>Open network: Typically P2P works on open networks: users give and share. What this means is that when using P2P on a poorly configured network, the whole network could be unsecure, allowing for access to other computers connected to the network.</li>
<li>Untracked data: If you share a document with another person, and they then share it with others, there is potentially, an unlimited amount of people that can get the data. If you want to take it back, it can be impossible to do so, even if the original document is deleted.</li>
<li>Storage hijacking: There’s news of malware that has been developed with the purpose of downloading illegal material onto your hard drive. This could pose a problem if the data is found, as you will be liable.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>What Should I do? </strong><br />
With regards to cloud services, as with anything that comes with a contract, the first thing you should do is gain an understanding of it by utilizing reading material such as blogs, news articles and Wikis. It’s a pain in the neck, but it’ll help you understand the boundaries of the program and your responsibilities. Remember that if you go to court to get files back from a company, and it becomes known that you didn’t read the agreement, you’ll probably end up losing that case.</p>
<p>Second, it’s not recommended to keep single copies of data on one cloud service. Chances are high that in your business, you store your data and backups in a place separate from the computer. This makes sense with the cloud as well &#8211; keep your data with a number of different cloud services. If it’s important enough, have physical backups of what you put in the cloud.</p>
<p>For P2P networks there are also a number of steps you can take to protect the data on your network:</p>
<ul>
<li>The most obvious one is to ban employees from using any file sharing services outside of your network.</li>
<li>If you do allow file sharing, it’s a good idea to establish and strictly enforce a protocol for this. You should also set which users are allowed to share files, and what files are appropriate to share. Be sure that all staff are aware of your policy and the measures that will be taken in the event of any deviations.</li>
<li>Develop a system to classify documents by whether or not they can be shared, and who they can be shared with.</li>
<li>If you work in an office where you need to share files, but don’t want to use a P2P network or the cloud, and are unsure of other solutions out there, don’t worry. There are companies that specialize in document sharing solutions that should be able to provide you with assistance.</li>
</ul>
<p>The most important thing is that whatever the situation is, you take action to try to solve the problem while frequently revisiting the actions to ensure that they are working. If you’d like to learn more about document sharing over the cloud, or via P2P networks, give us a buzz. We’re more than happy to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/p2p-and-cloud-storage-can-have-risk/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Common Keyboard Shortcuts for Mac OS X</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/common-keyboard-shortcuts-for-mac-os-x/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/common-keyboard-shortcuts-for-mac-os-x/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 11 Apr 2012 15:00:51 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Apple Mac OS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr10_AppleMacOS_B]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Apple]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Apple Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Finder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mac OS X]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mac Shortcuts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shortcuts]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10274</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Mac vs. PC &#8211; it’s the debate of a generation. In recent years, Mac has been gaining support, with an increasing number of companies opting to integrate Macs into their operating environment. This can be scary to some users as it means learning a brand new system. But we’re here to help with some useful [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.3959154726471752"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10281" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="AppleOSX_Apr10_B" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/AppleOSX_Apr10_B.jpg" alt="" />Mac vs. PC &#8211; it’s the debate of a generation. In recent years, Mac has been gaining support, with an increasing number of companies opting to integrate Macs into their operating environment. This can be scary to some users as it means learning a brand new system. But we’re here to help with some useful tips on keyboard shortcuts that will make life easier. </span></p>
<p>When you first switch to OS X it can take a while to figure out the shortcuts, or to even find out if there is a shortcut for what you need, not to mention the confusing symbols used to indicate key strokes. Here’s a list of the most common shortcuts.</p>
<p><strong>Symbols </strong><br />
If you’ve looked online for shortcuts, you have undoubtedly seen a number of potentially confusing symbols before the letter or number &#8211; these are actually keys to press. The most commonly used symbols are:</p>
<ul>
<li>⌘ Command. It’s found beside the spacebar on most Mac keyboards. If you’re using a keyboard that isn’t supplied by Apple, the Windows button should also work.</li>
<li>∧ Control.</li>
<li>⌥ Option. On Windows based keyboards, Alt will do the same thing.</li>
<li>⇧ Shift.</li>
<li><strong>FN </strong>Function. It’s found under F13 on most desktop keyboards, or in the bottom left of most laptop keyboards.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Finder Shortcuts</strong><br />
The Finder is Mac OS X’s file system. It includes your desktop and all the folders on it. If you’re unsure whether you’re on the Finder or not, look at the top left of your screen beside the Apple icon. It will say Finder if you’re on it.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>⌘+A </strong>Selects all files. To deselect simply left-click on empty space that’s not highlighted. To deselect one item simply hold ⌘ and click on the folder/file you don’t want to be selected.</li>
<li>⌘+I Retrieves information on a folder or file including name, size, creation date, etc.</li>
<li>⇧+⌘+N Creates a new folder in the window currently open. If you’re on the desktop, a new file will be created there.</li>
<li>⇧+⌘+Q Logs out. If you want to log out without waiting press ⌥+⇧+⌘+Q.</li>
<li>⌘+Delete If you press this after you’ve selected something, your selection will be moved to the trash. To empty the trash hit ⇧+⌘+Delete.</li>
<li>⇧+⌘+A Opens the Applications folder</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Shortcuts for Applications and General </strong><br />
These shortcuts will work in most applications, and will generally work on all other non-applications, including the Finder.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>⌘+C </strong>Copies your selection.</li>
<li>⌘+Z Cuts your selection.</li>
<li>⌘+V Pastes what you’ve just copied or cut.</li>
<li>⌘+Z Undoes your last action.</li>
<li>⌘+H Hides the program you currently have open. The program won’t close, it’ll just be hidden, and can be opened again by clicking on its icon in the dock.</li>
<li>⌘+M Minimizes the window currently open.</li>
<li>⌘+TAB You will cycle to the other applications you have open. If you hold down ⌘, while pressing TAB, you’ll see the icons for open programs.</li>
<li>⇧+⌘+4 Selects a screenshot. When you press these keys, you’ll be able to drag and select a screenshot. You’ll hear a camera lens click when you let go indicating the picture has been taken, and the file will be on your desktop.</li>
<li>⇧+⌘+3 Takes a screenshot of the whole screen.</li>
<li>⌘+S Saves the document you have open.</li>
<li>⌘+F Searches within the window currently open.</li>
<li>⌥+⌘+ESCAPE Force quit. This is the same thing as Control + Alt + Delete on Windows.</li>
</ul>
<p>These are the most useful keyboard shortcuts, but there are many more out there. If you would like to know more shortcuts, or more about the Mac OS X, please let us know &#8211; we’re happy to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/common-keyboard-shortcuts-for-mac-os-x/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Useful Keyboard Shortcuts for Mac OS X</title>
		<link>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/useful-keyboard-shortcuts-for-mac-os-x/</link>
		<comments>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/useful-keyboard-shortcuts-for-mac-os-x/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 11 Apr 2012 15:00:25 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Editor</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Apple Mac OS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General Articles C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2012Apr10_AppleMacOS_C]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Apple]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Apple Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Finder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mac OS X]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mac Shortcuts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shortcuts]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.techadvisory.org/?p=10275</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Over the past 10 years, Apple has become one of the biggest companies in the world, and as such many businesses have started to use Mac OS X &#8211; much to the chagrin of PC users. But it doesn’t have to be so bad: there are some very useful features of Mac OS X that [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span id="internal-source-marker_0.3959154726471752"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-10283" style="margin: 0px 10px 0px 0px; border: 0pt none;" title="AppleOSX_Apr10_C" src="http://www.techadvisory.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/AppleOSX_Apr10_C.jpg" alt="" width="170" height="170" />Over the past 10 years, Apple has become one of the biggest companies in the world, and as such many businesses have started to use Mac OS X &#8211; much to the chagrin of PC users. But it doesn’t have to be so bad: there are some very useful features of Mac OS X that can help improve productivity and make your job easier. These include keyboard shortcuts. </span></p>
<p>When you first switch to OS X it can take a while to figure out the shortcuts, or to even find out if there is a shortcut for what you need, not to mention the confusing symbols used to indicate key strokes. Here’s a list of the most common shortcuts.</p>
<p><strong>Symbols </strong><br />
If you’ve looked online for shortcuts, you have undoubtedly seen a number of potentially confusing symbols before the letter or number &#8211; these are actually keys to press. The most commonly used symbols are:</p>
<ul>
<li>⌘ Command. It’s found beside the spacebar on most Mac keyboards. If you’re using a keyboard that isn’t supplied by Apple, the Windows button should also work.</li>
<li>∧ Control.</li>
<li>⌥ Option. On Windows based keyboards, Alt will do the same thing.</li>
<li>⇧ Shift.</li>
<li><strong>FN </strong>Function. It’s found under F13 on most desktop keyboards, or in the bottom left of most laptop keyboards.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Finder Shortcuts</strong><br />
The Finder is Mac OS X’s file system. It includes your desktop and all the folders on it. If you’re unsure whether you’re on the Finder or not, look at the top left of your screen beside the Apple icon. It will say Finder if you’re on it.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>⌘+A </strong>Selects all files. To deselect simply left-click on empty space that’s not highlighted. To deselect one item simply hold ⌘ and click on the folder/file you don’t want to be selected.</li>
<li>⌘+I Retrieves information on a folder or file including name, size, creation date, etc.</li>
<li>⇧+⌘+N Creates a new folder in the window currently open. If you’re on the desktop, a new file will be created there.</li>
<li>⇧+⌘+Q Logs out. If you want to log out without waiting press ⌥+⇧+⌘+Q.</li>
<li>⌘+Delete If you press this after you’ve selected something, your selection will be moved to the trash. To empty the trash hit ⇧+⌘+Delete.</li>
<li>⇧+⌘+A Opens the Applications folder</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Shortcuts for Applications and General </strong><br />
These shortcuts will work in most applications, and will generally work on all other non-applications, including the Finder.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>⌘+C </strong>Copies your selection.</li>
<li>⌘+Z Cuts your selection.</li>
<li>⌘+V Pastes what you’ve just copied or cut.</li>
<li>⌘+Z Undoes your last action.</li>
<li>⌘+H Hides the program you currently have open. The program won’t close, it’ll just be hidden, and can be opened again by clicking on its icon in the dock.</li>
<li>⌘+M Minimizes the window currently open.</li>
<li>⌘+TAB You will cycle to the other applications you have open. If you hold down ⌘, while pressing TAB, you’ll see the icons for open programs.</li>
<li>⇧+⌘+4 Selects a screenshot. When you press these keys, you’ll be able to drag and select a screenshot. You’ll hear a camera lens click when you let go indicating the picture has been taken, and the file will be on your desktop.</li>
<li>⇧+⌘+3 Takes a screenshot of the whole screen.</li>
<li>⌘+S Saves the document you have open.</li>
<li>⌘+F Searches within the window currently open.</li>
<li>⌥+⌘+ESCAPE Force quit. This is the same thing as Control + Alt + Delete on Windows.</li>
</ul>
<p>These are the most useful keyboard shortcuts, but there are many more out there. If you would like to know more shortcuts, or more about the Mac OS X, please let us know &#8211; we’re happy to help.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.techadvisory.org/2012/04/useful-keyboard-shortcuts-for-mac-os-x/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
	</channel>
</rss>

